Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home Source documents Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds: Project and Expenditure Report User Guide (Version 20, October 1, 2026)

Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds: Project and Expenditure Report User Guide (Version 20, October 1, 2026)

Summary

Treasury's user guide for recipients of Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds (SLFRF) explains how to file Project and Expenditure reports in Treasury's Portal. It is Version 20, with a publication date of October 1, 2026, and OMB Control Number 1505-0271. Its overview says it covers the October 2025 submission deadline for the quarter ending September 30, 2025, and supplements Treasury's Compliance and Reporting Guidance. Sections cover reporting basics, navigation, reporting requirements, the report itself and editing data; appendices cover points of contact, bulk file uploads, expenditure categories and a broadband data template. Tier 1 recipients are states, U.S. territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000 residents. Its pages carry the marking 'DRAFT- PRE-DECISIONAL / CONFIDENTIAL / NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION'.

Summary drafted by a model from the document's text below and checked by script against that text before publication. It is a navigation aid, not a reading of what the document proves. Where AI is used

Full text

sub30f




         DRAFT- PRE-DECISIONAL / CONFIDENTIAL / NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION
                    Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Fund:
         i DRAFT- PRE-DECISIONAL / CONFIDENTIAL / NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION
                     User Guide: Treasury’s Portal for Recipient Reporting
Publication: October 1, 2026
Version: 20
OMB Control Number: 1505-0271
OMB Expiration Date: 09/30/2027
PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT NOTICE
The information collected will be used for the U.S. Government to process requests for
support. The estimated burden associated with this collection of information is 6 hours per
response. Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden estimate and suggestions
for reducing this burden should be directed to the Office of Privacy, Transparency and
Records, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C.
20220. DO NOT send the form to this address. An agency may not conduct or sponsor,
and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a
valid control number assigned by OMB.




                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                      Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          1
Table of Contents

Section I.           Reporting Basics ................................................................................................. 6
Section II.          Navigation and Logistics .................................................................................... 9
Section III.         Reporting Requirements .................................................................................. 16
Section IV.          Project and Expenditure Report....................................................................... 22
Section V.           Editing and Revising Your Data ....................................................................... 86
Appendix A – Designating SLFRF Points of Contact by SLFRF Account Administrators 89
Appendix B – Bulk File Upload Overview ............................................................................... 96
Appendix C – Expenditure Categories and Template Mapping .......................................... 121
Appendix D – SLFRF Expenditure Category Programmatic Data and Other Information 127
Appendix E - Expenditure Categories ................................................................................... 159
Appendix F – List of Sectors ................................................................................................. 166
Appendix G – Project Demographic Distribution Information ............................................ 167
Appendix H – Capital Expenditures for Non-Infrastructure Projects ................................. 170
Appendix I – Projects 5.19-5.21 – Broadband Infrastructure Data Template .................... 172
Appendix J – Frequently Asked Questions .......................................................................... 173



List of Figures
Figure II - 1 Landing Page ............................................................................................................ 9
Figure II - 2 Navigation Bar ......................................................................................................... 10
Figure II - 3 Introduction and Bulk Upload .................................................................................. 11
Figure II - 4 Sample Bulk Upload Icon ........................................................................................ 11
Figure II - 5 Successful Bulk Upload Template ........................................................................... 12
Figure II - 6 Blank Required Data Error ...................................................................................... 12
Figure II - 7 Invalid Data Error ..................................................................................................... 13
Figure II - 8 Duplicate Data Error ................................................................................................ 13
Figure II - 9 Non-Existent Reference Error ................................................................................. 14
Figure II - 10 Manual Validation Text Box ................................................................................... 14
Figure II - 11 Unsubmit ............................................................................................................... 15


Figure III - 1 Relationship between Expenditure Categories and Multiple Projects .................... 20

Figure IV - 1 Recipient Information ............................................................................................. 23
Figure IV - 2 Point of Contact List ............................................................................................... 23
Figure IV - 3 Budget Approval and Obligation ............................................................................ 24
Figure IV - 4 SAM.gov question .................................................................................................. 24
Figure IV - 5 Additional SAM.gov questions (1) .......................................................................... 25
Figure IV - 6 Additional SAM.gov questions (2) .......................................................................... 25
Figure IV - 7 Record of Highest Paid Officer ............................................................................... 26
                                   Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                       Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                                      2
Figure IV - 8 No Projects Available Option ................................................................................. 27
Figure IV – 9 Confimration of Obligation of SLFRF Funds Pop-Up ............................................ 27
Figure IV - 10 Attestation of Funding Being Returned to Treasury ............................................. 27
Figure IV - 11 My Projects Screen Example ............................................................................... 29
Figure IV - 12 Project and Expenditure Category Group Screen ................................................ 30
Figure IV - 13 Project Expenditure Category .............................................................................. 30
Figure IV - 14 Bulk Upload for EC 1.1 ......................................................................................... 30
Figure IV - 15 Project Entry Screen ............................................................................................ 33
Figure IV - 16 Project Overview Screen with Lock Option .......................................................... 33
Figure IV - 17 Lock Screen ......................................................................................................... 34
Figure IV - 18 Update Previously Reported Projects .................................................................. 35
Figure IV - 19 Manual Entry for EC 3.1 ....................................................................................... 36
Figure IV - 20 Programmatic Data for EC 3.1 ............................................................................. 36
Figure IV - 21 Project Demographic Distribution Questions ....................................................... 37
Figure IV - 22 Public Health - Negative Economic Impact Questions ......................................... 38
Figure IV - 23 Capital Expenditure Questions ............................................................................. 39
Figure IV - 24 Evidence-based questions ................................................................................... 39
Figure IV - 25 Premium Pay Additional Questions ...................................................................... 40
Figure IV - 26 Programmatic Data for Infrastructure Projects EC 5.1 - 5.18 ............................... 42
Figure IV - 27 EC 5.19 - 5.21 Programmatic Data ...................................................................... 46
Figure IV - 28 Broadband Project Uploads ................................................................................. 47
Figure IV - 29 Broadband Location Bulk Upload ......................................................................... 47
Figure IV - 30 Broadband Speed Tiers and Pricing Bulk Upload ................................................ 49
Figure IV - 31 Additional Questions if Response to David Bacon Certification is "No" ............... 51
Figure IV - 32 Additional Questions if Response to Certifications of Labor Agreements is "No" 52
Figure IV - 33 Additional Certification Question .......................................................................... 52
Figure IV - 34 Revenue Replacement Screen - Electing Standard Allowance ........................... 54
Figure IV - 35 Revenue Loss Using Formula .............................................................................. 55
Figure IV - 36 Edit and Delete Project Screen ............................................................................ 58
Figure IV - 37 Subrecipient/Beneficiaries Bulk Upload Icon ...................................................... 61
Figure IV - 38 Manually Create a Subrecipient or Beneficiary .................................................... 62
Figure IV - 39 Sam.gov Questions for Subrecipients, Contractors, Beneficiaries, and Parts of
Government Receiving Funds Under IAAs ................................................................................. 63
Figure IV - 40 Additional SAM.gov questions for Subrecipients, Contractors, Beneficiaries and
Parts of Government Receiving Funds Under IAAs .................................................................... 63
Figure IV - 41 Five Highest Paid Officers for Subrecipients, Contractors, Beneficiaries, and Parts
of Government Receiving Funds Under IAAs ............................................................................. 64
Figure IV – 42 Subrecipients or Beneficiaries Entered ............................................................... 64
Figure IV – 43 Subaward Bulk Upload (1) .................................................................................. 65
Figure IV – 44 Subaward Bulk Upload (2) .................................................................................. 65
Figure IV – 45 Subaward Reporting ............................................................................................ 66
Figure IV – 46 Subaward Entered ............................................................................................... 67
Figure IV – 47 Expenditures > $50,000 ...................................................................................... 70
Figure IV – 48 Aggregated Expenditures for Awards Less than $50,000 ................................... 71
Figure IV – 49 Payments to Individuals ...................................................................................... 72
Figure IV – 50 Tax Offset Provision Screen ................................................................................ 74
Figure IV – 51 Revenue-Reducing Covered Changes ................................................................ 75
                                   Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                       Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                                   3
Figure IV – 52 Baseline Revenue and De Minimis Threshold .................................................... 76
Figure IV – 53 Actual Tax Revenue and Reduction in Net Tax Revenue ................................... 77
Figure IV – 54 Revenue-increasing Covered Changes and Covered Spending Cuts (1) ........... 79
Figure IV – 55 Revenue-increasing Covered Changes and Covered Spending Cuts (2) ........... 80
Figure IV – 56 Revenue Reduction Cap ..................................................................................... 81
Figure IV – 57 Close out question ............................................................................................... 82
Figure IV – 58 Project Overview Status with Errors .................................................................... 82
Figure IV – 59 Project Overview Status with No Errors .............................................................. 83
Figure IV – 60 Federal Audit Clearing (FAC) .............................................................................. 83
Figure IV – 61 Alternative Compliance Examination Engagement (ACEE) ................................ 84
Figure IV – 62 Official Certification ............................................................................................. 84
Figure IV – 63 Submission Verification ....................................................................................... 85
Figure IV – 64 Submission Verification with Additional Language .............................................. 85

Figure V- 1 Official Certification .................................................................................................. 86
Figure V- 2 Edit Project Window ................................................................................................. 86
Figure V- 3 Edit Subrecipient Information ................................................................................... 87


Figure A – 1 State, Local and Tribal Support Landing Page ....................................................... 89
Figure A – 2 My Compliance Reports ......................................................................................... 90
Figure A – 3 Account .................................................................................................................. 90
Figure A – 4 Account Name ........................................................................................................ 90
Figure A – 5 Landing Page ......................................................................................................... 91
Figure A – 6 Certification ............................................................................................................ 91
Figure A – 7 Official Certification of Authorization ...................................................................... 92
Figure A – 8 Designation Form ................................................................................................... 92
Figure A – 9 Designation of Account Administrator, Point of Contact of Reporting and
Authorized Representative for Reporting .................................................................................... 92
Figure A – 10 Designation Form ................................................................................................. 94


Figure B – 1 Bulk Upload Pop Up ............................................................................................... 98
Figure B – 2 File Upload Message .............................................................................................. 98
Figure B – 3 File Added to Bulk Upload Portal ........................................................................... 98
Figure B – 4 Listing of Bulk Upload Errors .................................................................................. 99
Figure B – 5 Bulk Upload Creation ............................................................................................. 99




                                   Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                       Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                                      4
Change Summary for Q3 and Annual 2026 P&E Reporting
There is one notable change to the system for the Q3 2026 reporting cycle.


   1. Broadband Location and Speed Tier requirement update (page 46)
       For the Broadband Projects (EC 5.19-21) recipients will now be required to respond to
       the question “Do you have a broadband location file to upload?” in the Project Overview
       Section. This is a “Yes” or “No” required response. If “Yes” is selected, the Location data
       and Speed Tier data will be required to be uploaded to get a green checkbox. If “No” is
       selected, then the recipient will be required to enter a justification before saving the
       project. The screenshot of the updated Additional Questions can be found on page 46.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          5
Section I. Reporting Basics
a) Overview
This document provides information on using Treasury’s Portal to submit the required
Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds (SLFRF) Project and Expenditure (P&E)
reports for the October 2025 submission deadline, covering the quarter ending September 30,
2025. It is a supplement to the Compliance and Reporting Guidance (Reporting Guidance),
which contains relevant information and guidance on the reporting requirements.
Additionally, you should visit Treasury’s SLFRF home page for the latest guidance and updates
on programmatic and reporting topics. Recipients should look to the 2022 Final Rule and the
2023 Interim Final Rule for information about eligible use categories for SLFRF funds, among
other topics, as well as the Overview of the 2022 Final Rule and the Overview of the 2023
Interim Final Rule, which provide summaries of the rules for informational purposes. Recipients
should also look to the Obligation IFR and Section 17 of the SLFRF FAQs for information about
the obligation requirement. The SLFRF FAQs provide additional detail and clarification about
the eligible uses and related matters under the SLFRF program and should be read in concert
with the Award Terms and Conditions, the authorizing statute, program rules, and other
regulatory and statutory requirements described on p. 2 of the Reporting Guidance.
Each SLFRF recipient is required to submit periodic reports with current performance and/or
financial information including background information about the SLFRF projects that are the
subject of the reports; and financial information with details about obligations, expenditures,
direct payments, and subawards.
If you have any questions about the SLFRF program’s reporting requirements, please contact
us by email at SLFRF@treasury.gov.
b) What is Covered in this User Guide?
This User Guide contains detailed guidance and instructions for SLFRF recipients in using
Treasury’s Portal for submitting the Project and Expenditure reports. All recipients must submit
the required reports via Treasury’s Portal. This guide is not comprehensive and is meant to be
used in conjunction with the documents mentioned above.
This User Guide provides detailed instructions to help recipients enter and submit the following:
    •   Project data
    •   Subrecipient/Beneficiary/Contractor/Interagency Agreements data
    •   Subaward/Direct Payment data
    •   Obligation and Expenditure data
    •   Project and Expenditure Bulk Upload Templates
c) Designating Staff for Key Roles in Managing SLFRF Reports User Designations
SLFRF recipients are required to designate at least one individual to each of the following three
roles in managing reports for their SLFRF award. Recipients must make the required
designations prior to accessing Treasury’s Portal. The required roles are as follows:

•   Account Administrator for the SLFRF award has the administrative role of maintaining the
    names and contact information of the designated individuals for SLFRF reporting. The

                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            6
    Account Administrator is also responsible for working within your organization to determine
    its designees for the roles of Point of Contact for Reporting and Authorized Representative
    for Reporting and providing their names and contact information via Treasury’s Portal. The
    Account Administrator is also responsible for making any changes or updates to the user
    roles as needed over the award period. Treasury recommends that the Account
    Administrator identify an additional individual to serve as the Account Administrator to
    provide continuity in the event of staff changes, vacations, or other absences. Finally, The
    Account Administrator has the ability to certify and submit official reports. The official reports
    may include special reports, quarterly or annual reports, interim reports, and final reports.

•   Point of Contact for Reporting is the primary contact for receiving official Treasury
    notifications about reporting on the SLFRF award, including alerts about upcoming
    reporting, requirements, and deadlines. The Point of Contact for Reporting is responsible for
    completing the SLFRF reports. The recipient is able to designate more than one individual
    as a Point of Contact for Reporting.


•   Authorized Representative for Reporting is responsible for certifying and submitting
    official reports on behalf of the SLFRF recipient. Treasury will accept reports or other official
    communications only when submitted by the Authorized Representative for Reporting. The
    Authorized Representative for Reporting is also responsible for communications with
    Treasury on such matters as extension requests and amendments of previously submitted
    reports. The official reports may include special reports, quarterly or annual reports, interim
    reports, and final reports.


For Accounts registered through Login.gov

                                        Treasury Portal at
                           https://portal.treasury.gov/compliance/s/


For Accounts registered through ID.me

                                        Treasury Portal at
                           https://portal.treasury.gov/cares/s/slt/s/slt

Some key items to note:

    •   Each designated individual must register with either Login.gov or ID.me for gaining
        access to Treasury’s Portal.
    •   If you have not previously registered an account, you should register through Login.gov.
        This link includes further instructions. The following links provide additional information:
             o https://login.gov/create-an-account/
             o https://login.gov/help/get-started/create-your-account/
    •   Note: if you are a Non-Entitlement Unit of Local Government (NEU), you should register
        using the Login.gov process linked above.

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             7
   •   Users who have previously registered through ID.me may continue to access Treasury’s
       Portal through that method. This link includes further instructions.
   •   An individual may be designated for multiple roles. For example, the individual
       designated as the Point of Contact for Reporting may also be designated as the
       Authorized Representative for Reporting.
   •   The recipient may designate at least one individual for all three roles.
   •   Multiple individuals can be designated for each role.
   •   An organization may make changes and updates to the list of designation individuals
       whenever needed. These changes must be processed by the Account Administrator.
   •   The designated individuals’ names and contact information will be pre-populated in the
       “Recipient Profile” portion of the recipient’s SLFRF reports, and recipients will be able to
       update the information, if necessary.
Recipients should refer to Appendix A for guidance on designating individuals for the three
roles. Treasury also posted a series of webinars with instructions, as noted below:

   •   Account Creation and Login – creation of account in Treasury’s Portal through ID.me or
       Login.gov
   •   User Roles – assignment and updates of user roles in Treasury’s Portal
Please contact SLFRF@treasury.gov for additional information on procedures for registering an
account.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           8
Section II.    Navigation and Logistics
a) Login to Landing Page and Portal Navigation
After logging into Treasury’s Portal, the landing page (see Figure II – 1) will appear listing
Treasury’s Office of Capital Access-administered program(s) for which your organization may
be eligible.




                                       Figure II – 1 Landing Page

From the landing page, select Go to Your Reports or Compliance Reports on the left side panel
to be taken to a list of options for the programs you have access to under the Report Selection
section.
At this time, you may select the SLFRF Project and Expenditure report.
Each listed report constitutes a link to that specific report’s online forms. Selecting a report from
the landing page will open the first in a series of screens.
To begin completing a specific report, click on Provide Information for the given report. Refer to
the Reporting Guidance for details about each type of required report for submittal.
The Navigation Bar (see Figure II – 2) on the left of Treasury’s Portal will allow you to freely
move between screens.




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            9
                                      Figure II – 2 Navigation Bar

b) Helpful Tips/Shortcuts for Submitting Data to Treasury’s Portal
Treasury’s Portal leads you through a series of online forms that, when completed, will fulfill
your reporting obligations. While navigating through Treasury’s Portal and submitting required
information, users will have the option of manually entering data directly into Treasury’s Portal
or providing information via a bulk upload file that includes all relevant information in a Treasury
approved process and format.
   1) Bulk File Upload Files
   Recipients can use the bulk upload function to provide required information in the modules
   listed here:

       •   Project Overview
       •   Subrecipients/Beneficiaries/Contractors
       •   Subawards/Direct Payments
       •   Expenditures
       •   Tax Offset Provision
       •   Broadband Locations
   When using the bulk upload, recipients must provide the required information in specified
   formats and use the Treasury approved templates for each respective bulk upload.
   Recipients can download the templates separately or as a single zip file from selections
   available at the bottom of the “Introduction/Bulk Templates” screen (see Figure II – 3).
   Modules accepting bulk upload files are clearly marked in Treasury’s Portal and identified in
   later sections of this user guide. The individual templates are available from relevant
   screens throughout the portal (see Figure II-4).




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           10
                           Figure II – 3 Introduction and Bulk Upload




                             Figure II – 4 Sample Bulk Upload Icon

Please see Appendix B – Bulk File Upload Overview for complete guidance on using this
important function.
Newly added excel version of the Bulk Upload Templates will include separate tabs that
were previously separate files in 1 document. This will allow for 10,000 max records to be
uploaded in 1 file. Previous versions of the bulk file template files were downloaded in the
.xls format, but these files must be converted to .csv format to properly upload. When you

                     Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                        Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          11
click the upload button you will be directed to an upload screen. You can either choose to
add files or drag and drop files to initiate the bulk upload (see Figure II – 5). Refer to
Appendix B for additional instructions to submit bulk upload files. This version is still
available for use.




                           Figure II – 5 Successful Bulk Upload Template

Treasury’s Portal will reject the file if an incorrect template, data format, or file format other
than .csv is used for upload. Treasury’s Portal will display an error message on screen if the
bulk data upload file contains errors. If you receive an error message, you will need to
correct the errors either in the bulk upload file or on screen and re-submit the corrected
version.
There are four common Bulk File Upload errors as described below:

   •   Blank Required Data: When a required field is left blank within your bulk upload file,
       the specific bulk upload file row and cell number will be provided on the screen. In
       the example below, the user left “Name” blank and the error is located in Column X,
       Row 8 (see Figure II – 6).




                              Figure II – 6 Blank Required Data Error

   •   Invalid Data: Invalid data includes any type of data (numeric or text) that does not
       meet the requirements set forth in the Help Text within each bulk upload template. In
       the example below, the user made an error pertaining to the “Completion Status” and
       the error is located in Column F, Row 8 (see Figure II – 7).

                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             12
                             Figure II – 7 Invalid Data Error

•   Duplicate Data: Duplicate data includes any type of data (numeric or text) that is
    repeated in the same column when the Help Text within a bulk upload template
    requires a unique entry. For example, unique numbers should be provided for the
    project identification number. In the example below, the user made an error
    pertaining to the “Project Identification Number” and the error is in Column E, Row 8
    (see Figure II – 8).




                            Figure II – 8 Duplicate Data Error

•   Non-existent Reference: This instance would include uploading data that references
    other records that do not yet exist or have not been previously uploaded into
    Treasury’s Portal. For example, uploading a subaward template that is filled out
    correctly, but references subrecipient identification (ID) records that have not been
    uploaded to the “Subrecipient/Beneficiaries/Contractors” module. This will result in an
    error and any pre-requisite data must be uploaded first in order for the reference to
    work. In this example the non-existent data is the Project ID Number field located in
    Column D, Row 8 (see Figure II – 9).




                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          13
                                Figure II – 9 Non-Existent Reference Error

   2) Manual Data Entry
Manual data entry requires you to provide inputs as instructed on the screen. Manual inputs are
described in detail below for each section of this user guide.

               Note: An asterisk ( * ) indicates a required field. Entry into the field is
               required before you can save or proceed to the next screen.

Your inputs will be subject to validation by Treasury’s Portal to ensure that the data provided is
consistent with expected format or description (e.g., entering “one hundred” instead of 100). If a
given data entry fails a validation rule, Treasury’s Portal will display an error for you to address.
You will not be able to submit manually entered data that does not satisfy the data validation
rules.
   3) Narrative Boxes
When filling out detailed narratives, you are encouraged to type out responses in a word
processing application (such as Microsoft Word) to minimize grammatical errors, track word
count, and concisely answer all required narrative details. You can then copy and paste the final
written narratives directly into the text boxes.
The text boxes (see Figure II – 10) can be expanded by clicking and dragging the icon in the
bottom-right corner.




                                Figure II – 10 Manual Validation Text Box



   4) Corrections and Resubmissions
In the event a file is uploaded, or information is entered into Treasury’s Portal, the information
will be accepted by Treasury’s Portal as a record.
After a recipient’s submission has been certified and submitted in the system by the Authorized
Representative for Reporting, it can be corrected in Treasury’s Portal by selecting the Unsubmit
button. Recipients may unsubmit, then resubmit, their Project and Expenditure Report any time
before the reporting deadline (see Figure II – 11).

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               14
Figure II - 11 Unsubmit




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide         15
Section III.         Reporting Requirements
   a) Reporting Requirements by Recipient
   For the SLFRF program, reporting requirements vary by recipient type, as shown in the table
   below. Detailed instructions for completion and submission of each report are covered in Part 2
   of the Reporting Guidance. 1
   Tier 1 – States, U.S. territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population
   that exceeds 250,000 residents.
   Interim Report

         •   By August 31, 2021, or 60 days after receiving funding if funding was received by
             October 15, with expenditures by category.
   Project and Expenditure Report

         •   By January 31, 2022, and then the last day of the month after the end of each quarter
             thereafter.
   Recovery Plan Performance Report

         •   By August 31, 2021, or 60 days after receiving funding, and annually thereafter by July
             31.
   Tier 2 – Metropolitan cities and counties with a population below 250,000 residents that
   are allocated more than $10 million in SLFRF funding, and NEUs that are allocated more
   than $10 million in SLFRF funding.
   Interim Report

         •   By August 31, 2021, or 60 days after receiving funding if funding was received by
             October 15, with expenditures by category.2
   Project and Expenditure Report

         •   By January 31, 2022, and then the last day of the month after the end of each quarter
             thereafter.3
   Tier 3 – Tribal Governments that are allocated more than $30 million in SLFRF funding.
   Interim Report




   1
       These reports are based on the period of performance, reports will be collected through April 30, 2027.

   The total SLFRF allocations across all sources for a given jurisdiction are used to identify that
   jurisdiction’s Reporting Tier, beginning in April 2022. Treasury may reach out to jurisdictions to update
   Reporting Tiers.
   2
     Note: NEUs were not required to submit an Interim Report.
   3
     Note: NEUs were not required to submit a Project and Expenditure Report on January 31, 2022. The
   first reporting date for NEUs was April 30, 2022.
                                 Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                    Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                  16
      •   By August 31, 2021, or 60 days after receiving funding if funding was received by
          October 15, with expenditures by category.
Project and Expenditure Report

      •   By January 31, 2022, and then the last day of the month after the end of each quarter
          thereafter.
Tier 4 – Tribal Governments that are allocated less than $30 million in SLFRF funding.
Interim Report

      •   By August 31, 2021, or 60 days after receiving funding if funding was received by
          October 15, with expenditures by category.
Project and Expenditure Report

      •   By April 30, 2022, and then annually thereafter.
Tier 5 – Metropolitan cities and counties with a population below 250,000 residents that
are allocated less than $10 million in SLFRF funding, and NEUs that are allocated less
than $10 million in SLFRF funding.
Interim Report

      •   By August 31, 2021, or 60 days after receiving funding if funding was received by
          October 15, with expenditures by category.4
Project and Expenditure Report

      •   By April 30, 2022, and then annually thereafter.


b) Project and Expenditure Report Requirements
      1) Quarterly Reporting

The following recipients are required to submit quarterly Project and Expenditure Reports:

•     States and U.S. territories

•     Metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000 residents

•     Metropolitan cities and counties with a population below 250,000 residents that are allocated
      more than $10 million in SLFRF funding

•     NEUs that are allocated more than $10 million in SLFRF funding

•     Tribal Governments that are allocated more than $30 million in SLFRF funding



4
    Note: NEUs were not required to submit an Interim Report.
                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         17
For recipients who completed their first quarterly reporting in the April 2022 cycle, their first
Project and Expenditure Report covered the period from March 3, 2021 to March 31, 2022 and
was required to be submitted to Treasury by April 30, 2022.
The subsequent quarterly reports will cover one calendar quarter and must be submitted to
Treasury by the last day of the month following the end of the period covered. Quarterly reports
are not due concurrently with applicable annual reports.
      2) Annual Reporting
The following recipients are required to submit annual Project and Expenditure Reports:

•     Tribal Governments that are allocated less than $30 million in SLFRF funding

•     Metropolitan cities and counties with a population below 250,000 residents that are allocated
      less than $10 million in SLFRF funding

•     NEUs that are allocated less than $10 million in SLFRF funding.

For these recipients, the initial Project and Expenditure Report covered the period from March 3,
2021 to March 31, 2022 and was required to be submitted to Treasury by April 30, 2022. The
subsequent annual reports will cover one calendar year and must be submitted to Treasury by
April 30 each year.
c) Key Concepts for Reporting
The following concept structure applies to all report types:
      1) Expenditure Categories
•     For each project, recipients will be asked to select the appropriate Expenditure Category
      based on the scope of the project (as described in Appendix 1 of the Reporting Guidance).
      Projects should be scoped to align to a single Expenditure Category.

•     The Expenditure Categories are important not only for tracking projects and expenditures,
      but also because for certain Expenditure Categories you will need to provide additional
      programmatic data. You will see them referred to regularly throughout the Reporting
      Guidance and in this User Guide with “EC” followed by a number.

•     The 123 Expenditure Categories provide a flexible method to categorize projects. Each
      Expenditure Category could include many different programs and activities.

•     Appendix C includes the full list of the 123 Expenditure Categories, 5 which refers to the
                                                                             0F




      detailed level. For instance, EC 1 is the Project EC Group “Public Health,” and EC 1.1 is the
      Project EC “COVID-19 Vaccination.”

•     Each recipient is required to report obligations and expenditures by project according to
      the corresponding EC. As noted in the Reporting Guidance, there is a wide range of eligible
      uses of the SLFRF funds, and Treasury must be able to track how funds are used by

5
    Included in Appendix 1 of the Reporting Guidance
                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          18
    recipients for oversight and transparency purposes. In addition, States, U.S. territories, and
    metropolitan cities and counties with a population over 250,000 also need to provide the
    adopted budget for each project. These terms are defined as:

        o   An obligation is an order placed for property and services, contracts and subawards
            made, and similar transactions that require payment. An obligation also means a
            requirement under federal law or regulation or provision of the award terms and
            conditions to which a recipient becomes subject as a result of receiving or expending
            funds.
        o   An expenditure is the amount that has been incurred as a liability of the entity (the
            service has been rendered or the good has been delivered to the entity).
        o   The adopted budget is the budget adopted for each project by a recipient
            associated with SLFRF funds. Recipients will enter the Adopted Budget based on
            information that exists currently in the recipient’s financial systems and the recipient’s
            established budget process. Treasury understands that recipients may use different
            budget processes. For example, a recipient may consider a project budgeted once a
            legislature has appropriated funds; whereas another recipient may consider a project
            budgeted at the moment the funds have been obligated.
        o   Please note that Treasury is not approving or pre-approving projects or budgets.
            Treasury will use this information to better understand the intended impact, identify
            opportunities for further engagement, and understand the recipient’s progress in
            program implementation. Treasury is also collecting additional descriptive
            information about the budget process to better understand the context of recipients’
            budget processes.
    2) Projects
•   A project is defined as a grouping of closely related activities that together are intended to
    achieve a specific goal or are directed toward a common purpose.

•   These activities can include new or existing services, funded in whole or in part by the
    SLFRF award.

•   Within this broad definition, recipients have flexibility to define their projects in a way that
    provides the greatest clarity on the work which will be performed.

•   Each project must align to only one Expenditure Category. Projects break down an
    Expenditure Category into more detail.

•   Recipients are required to define projects at a sufficient level of granularity to be able to do
    any programmatic reporting that is required.

•   For each Expenditure Category recipients use funding, one or more projects may be
    reported.

•   For each project, recipients will need to track obligations and expenditures, as well as
    subrecipients and any subawards made.

                           Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                19
Figure III – 1 depicts the relationship between EC and multiple projects.




               Figure III – 1 Relationship between Expenditure Categories and Multiple Projects

    3) Relationships Between Project Components
When entering project information, it is important to understand how the separate components
of information relate to each other. Treasury’s Portal for compliance reporting is organized by
modules, each of which is a project component: project entry, subrecipient entry, subaward
entry, and expenditure entry. Each of these modules are linked to prior modules. Initial entry of
information should follow these steps to reduce errors or data issues. After initial entry of
information, users can go directly to any module to update and edit information throughout the
life of the project.

•   Step 1: The first step in entering a new project is specifying the Expenditure Category (EC).
    While all ECs require entry of a baseline set of details, additional fields will appear in this
    module and in others depending on program requirements as described in the Reporting
    Guidance and this User Guide. Examples of fields collected include, but are not limited to,
    project name, project identification (ID), total obligations, total expenditures, earned,
    obligated and expended program income, status of completion, and project description.
•   Step 2: Enter subrecipient/beneficiary/contractor/interagency agreement information. This
    information includes subrecipient/beneficiary/contractor name, unique entity identifier (UEI)
    as applicable, tax identification number (TIN) as applicable, entity type, address, and email.
•   Step 3: Enter subaward or direct payment information. Entering a subaward or direct
    payment will require on-screen selection of a previously entered project and
    subrecipient/beneficiary/contractor/interagency agreement. This aligns subaward funding to
    the project and the EC. Other information collected in this module includes subaward


                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            20
      number, place of performance address, subaward amount, period of performance start and
      end dates, and a description of the subaward and its underlying eligible use.
•     Step 4: Enter expenditures. Expenditures are entered in one of three categories: (1)
      Expenditures 6 Greater Than or Equal to $50,000, (2) Aggregate Expenditures Less Than
                     1F




      $50,000, and (3) Payments to Individuals.
         o Expenditures for Awards Greater Than or Equal to $50,000: Entering expenditures
             for awards greater than or equal to $50,000 will require on-screen selection of a
             previously entered subaward number, which will auto-populate the project and
             subaward information details. Other information collected for this type of award
             includes expenditure start and end dates, and expenditure amount.
         o Aggregate Expenditures Less Than $50,000: Entering expenditures for awards less
             than $50,000 will require on-screen selection of a previously entered project. Other
             information collected for this type of expenditure include subaward type, total period
             obligation amount and total period expenditure amount.
         o Payments to Individuals: Entering expenditures for awards categorized as payments
             to individuals will require on-screen selection of a previously entered project. Other
             information collected for this type of expenditure include subaward type, total period
             obligation amount and total period expenditure amount.




6
    Expenditures includes contracts, grants, loans, transfers, interagency agreements, or direct payments.
                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               21
Section IV.        Project and Expenditure Report
The Project and Expenditure Report provides information on projects funded, expenditures,
contracts, and interagency agreements, and subawards greater than or equal to $50,000, and other
information required from recipients. Multiple modules or “screens” will help recipients navigate
through the Project and Expenditure Report in Treasury’s Portal as follows:
   a)   Introduction/Bulk Templates
   b)   Recipient Profile
   c)   Project Overview
   d)   Subrecipients/Beneficiaries/Contractors/Interagency Agreements
   e)   Subawards/Direct Payments
   f)   Expenditures
   g)   Recipient Specific
   h)   Tax Offset Provision
   i)   Certification
The following sections describe the reporting steps and information to be collected in each module.
   a) Recipient Profile
   Upon login, you will be directed to the Recipient Profile page, which is intended to verify relevant
   information in Treasury’s Portal. On this screen, you will review and confirm key information on
   your organization, and input information required for the Project and Expenditure Report. The
   Recipient Profile information for States, U.S. territories, counties, metro cities, and Tribal
   governments will be pre-populated from the SLFRF Application file. The NEU information will be
   populated based on the information States collected from the NEUs and provided to Treasury.
        1) Review and confirm your Recipient Profile prepopulated from your SLFRF Application
           file or for NEUs, information provided by your State (see Figure IV – 1).
        2) Verify the names and contact information for individuals the recipient has designated for
           key reporting roles for the SLFRF program displayed on the screen (see Figure IV – 2).
        3) Refer to the instructions in Appendix A if there are updates are associated with reporting
           roles or contact SLFRF@treasury.gov.




                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           22
                              Figure IV – 1 Recipient Information




                               Figure IV – 2 Point of Contact List

4) If changes are needed to the information displayed on the screen, use the textbox (see
   Figure IV – 1).
5) For States and U.S territories, fiscal year end information previously reported will be
   displayed in the Recipient Profile, if applicable (see Figure IV-1).

       •   If you selected “No” to electing the standard allowance in the Revenue
           Replacement section of Treasury’s Portal, the “Base Year Fiscal Year End Date”

                     Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                        Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                        23
           information provided in the Revenue Replacement screen will display in the
           Recipient Profile. No additional data entry is required.
       •   If you selected “Yes” in the Revenue Replacement section, enter the fiscal year
           end date for your jurisdiction in the Recipient Profile screen.
6) For States, U.S. territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population over
   250,000, provide the answers to the following two questions (see Figure IV – 3):

       •   Who approves the budget in your jurisdiction? Select from the picklist as follows:
           “Legislature”; “Executive”; “Legislature & Executive”; “Other”.
               o If “Other”, specify who approves the budget. Please include information
                   about the role or function, not an individual’s name.
       •   Is your budget considered executed at the point of obligation? Select “Yes” or
           “No”. Please note that if you select “Yes” and your budget is considered executed
           at the point of obligation, then your adopted budget and total dollar value of
           obligations for each project would be the same.




                          Figure IV – 3 Budget Approval and Obligation

   Treasury requires descriptive information about budget processes to support analysis of
   adopted budget information. Treasury is collecting adopted budget information to better
   understand the intended impact of recipient projects, identify opportunities for further
   engagement, and understand the recipient’s progress in program implementation.
   Treasury is requesting this descriptive information to inform these efforts.
   Treasury is not approving or pre-approving projects or budgets. Treasury also
   recognizes that recipients may adjust project budgets over time, and recipients will have
   the ability to reflect these changes in future reporting.
7) Complete the UEI Update, SAM.gov Registration and Executive Compensation
   information.
   a. Use the picklist (see Figure IV – 4) to confirm your entity’s UEI number, SAM.gov
      status and Executive Compensation reporting eligibility questions.




                                Figure IV – 4 SAM.gov question

                     Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                        Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          24
b. If you are registered in SAM.gov, select “Yes” from the picklist and move on to Step
   7 below.
c. If you are not registered in SAM.gov, select “No” from the picklist. Two additional
   questions will populate the space below (see Figure IV – 5).




                     Figure IV – 5 Additional SAM.gov questions (1)

d. If the recipient received 80% or more of its annual gross revenue from federal funds
   (including federal financial assistance and federal procurement contracts and
   subcontracts) AND the recipient received $25 million or more of its annual gross
   revenue from federal funds (including federal financial assistance and federal
   procurement contracts and subcontracts), an additional question will appear (see
   Figure IV – 6). If the answer is “No” to any of these two questions, move on to step 7
   below.




                     Figure IV – 6 Additional SAM.gov questions (2)




                 Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                    Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         25
       e. Select “Yes” if the total compensation for the recipient’s five highest paid officers is
          publicly listed or otherwise listed in SAM.gov and move on to Step 7 below.
       f. Select “No” if the total compensation for the recipient’s five highest paid officers is
          not publicly listed or otherwise listed in SAM.gov. Enter the name(s) of the officer(s)
          in the chart that will appear (see Figure IV – 7) and the total compensation received
          by each. If fewer than five (5) officers exist, enter “N/A” and $0 in the empty field(s).




                              Figure IV – 7 Record of Highest Paid Officer

   8) Once all fields have been reviewed and verified, click the Save button to save your
      progress, then click the Next button to proceed to the following screen.

b) Project Overview
Recipients are required to enter all projects funded through SLFRF funds as part of their Project
and Expenditure Report. Once projects are entered, they are viewable on the Project Overview
screen and can be updated in future reporting periods.
1) Key Considerations
There are a couple of things to keep in mind when planning and executing your project
inventory entry:

   •   No Projects Available Option: If your jurisdiction has not yet identified any projects to
       report, please know that Treasury encourages you to identify projects as soon as
       possible for your jurisdiction’s uses of SLFRF funds. This is no longer available starting
       in reporting period Q4 2024.

       In the event recipients have no projects available for entry, an option has been included
       on the Project Overview screen to allow recipients to indicate this status to Treasury in
       lieu of adding projects. Selecting this option will require providing a written explanation
       and may result in additional compliance follow-up from Treasury. Note: this option will
       not appear if projects are already entered in the system.
       To utilize this option, on the Project Overview screen (See Figure IV – 8):
               1. For the question “Does your jurisdiction have projects to report as of this
                  reporting period?”, select “My jurisdiction has projects to report” or “My
                  jurisdiction does NOT have projects to report”.



                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            26
2. If no projects will be reported, provide a narrative describing the reason(s)
   your jurisdiction does not have approved projects at this time in the text field
   provided.




                 Figure IV – 8 No Projects Available Option

3. Confirmation for remaining funds will pop-up asking for a selection regarding
   if you have obligated funding or not (See Figure IV – 9).




       Figure IV – 9 Confirmation of Obligation of SLFRF funds Pop-Up

4. Attestation that the recipient understands that funds that are not reported as
   obligated in this report and will need to be returned to the Treasury (See
   Figures IV-10). If yes is selected you will be returning all funding back to the
   Treasury, if No is selected, you will need to create a project to apply the
   funding to.




      Figure IV – 10 Attestation of Funding Being Returned to Treasury


          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           27
   •   Manual versus Bulk Upload Entry: There are two ways to enter project information –
       manual data entry and bulk upload. Bulk upload templates are specific to the project’s
       expenditure category group. Recipients may upload information for multiple projects
       within the same expenditure category group template simultaneously. Appendix B
       provides step by step instructions for using the bulk upload option.

       Due to the different data collected across expenditure categories, you cannot use the
       same bulk upload template from one expenditure category group to another.

   •   Non-Infrastructure and Infrastructure Projects Programmatic Data: Treasury
       requests various programmatic data or impact measures for projects in several non-
       infrastructure (i.e., projects in EC 1 – 3 and 8.6, 8.7, 8.12, and 8.13) and infrastructure
       projects (i.e., projects in EC 5). The programmatic data can be provided via manual
       project entry or via bulk upload templates. Appendix B provides step by step instructions
       for using the bulk upload option for projects with programmatic data. Appendix D
       provides additional detail on the programmatic data requested by EC. Treasury
       recognizes that some programmatic data may not be available until a project starts.

   •   Infrastructure Projects with expected total cost over $10M: Information for
       infrastructure projects with expected total cost over $10 million must be entered
       manually at this time in Treasury’s Portal. Appendix D provides additional detail on the
       programmatic data requested by EC. When creating infrastructure projects via bulk
       upload, you will be required to re-open those project records to manually complete fields
       related to costs over $10M.
Recipients should refer to Appendix C when planning your project inventory entry, as it includes
a table identifying which ECs require the programmatic data. The table also maps each EC to its
appropriate bulk upload template.
All projects, regardless of Expenditure Category, require a set of “standard” data fields. Some of
these fields, such as project name and project ID, are static and do not change across reporting
periods. Other fields, such as status of completion and total obligations, will change across
reporting periods.
2) Project Overview Screen Layout
On the Project Overview Screen, recipients can view previously established projects and enter
new projects (see Figure IV – 11). The screen displays the total number of projects. The
screen also displays the following for each project entered: project name, recipient project ID,
total obligations, total expenditures, expenditure category, project status, obligation status, and
expenditure status. To go directly to a project to edit or add information, click the colored status
button for that project.


     For Project Status, the green check icon indicates all required fields have been answered,
including programmatic data. For Obligations Status and Expenditure Status, this status
indicates that at least one subaward or expenditure entry has been made. The Project Status
icon is also used to reopen the project record and/or edit the project’s data fields.
                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           28
Also, within Project Status there will be a remaining to obligate calculation field that will show
the remaining funds that need to be obligated prior to the December 31, 2024 deadline. This
will only appear if there is an Adopted Budget provided.

     For Project Status, the yellow pencil icon indicates certain required fields have not been
answered and require confirmation. For Obligations Status and Expenditure Status, the status
indicates that the sum of all obligation or expenditure amounts associated with the project
included at the subaward and expenditure level do not equal that project’s total obligations or
expenditures.

    For Project Status, the red pencil icon indicates that not all required fields have been
answered. For Obligations Status and Expenditure Status, this indicates that no subaward or
expenditure entries have been made.
To add a new project from this screen, click the Add New Project button. You may need to
refresh your browser screen to see your previous new entries.
Updates to this view include the Total Cumulative Obligations that were reported in the Q4 2024
report for Quarterly Reporters and the Total Cumulative Obligations that are currently reported
for Annual Reporters. This amount will reflect the Total Obligations the recipients reported prior
to the Obligation Deadline of December 31, 2024. Also in the updated view are the calculations
for the reported Program Income.




                               Figure IV – 11 My Projects Screen Example
                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               29
c) Add new project manually
   1) Select the Project Expenditure Category Group and Project Expenditure Category from
      the picklists. Selection of Expenditure Category drives the template through which you
      will manually enter the project data (see Figures IV – 12 through 15). To view all of the
      ECs, scrolling may be necessary.




                      Figure IV – 12 Project and Expenditure Category Group Screen




                               Figure IV – 13 Project Expenditure Category

   2) Note that, once you select values from the Project Expenditure Category Group and the
      Project Expenditure Category picklists, the bulk download and upload links will appear
      (see Figure IV – 14). If you are entering the information manually, go to step 3.




                                  Figure IV – 14 Bulk Upload for EC 1.1

   3) Enter the project name.
   4) Enter the unique recipient identification number you assigned to the project. Do not use
      duplicate project numbers for multiple projects.
   5) Select the completion status of the project from the drop-down list. Options are:

           •   Not started
                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         30
       •   Completed less than 50%
       •   Completed 50% or more
       •   Completed
       •   Cancelled
       Note: selecting Cancelled will display a text field to enter the reason for cancelling
       the project. If you are selecting to cancel a previously reported project, please be
       aware that you will need to revise the project’s total cumulative obligations, and total
       cumulative expenditures to $0.00, and make corresponding adjustments to any
       subawards or expenditures associated to that project.
6) For States, U.S territories and metropolitan cities and counties with population over
    250,000, enter the adopted budget for the project.
        • Note that if you selected that your budget is considered at the point of obligation,
            adopted budget and total dollar value of obligations for each project would be the
            same
7) Enter the total dollar value of current period obligations for this project. If funds have not
    been obligated during the current reporting period, enter “0”.
        o Note – Recipients should ensure that Current Period Obligations are less than or
            equal to Cumulative Obligations for each project. Treasury’s Portal will otherwise
            return an error.
8) Enter the total dollar value of cumulative obligations for this project. If funds have not
    been obligated for this project, enter “0”.
9) Enter the total dollar value of current reporting period expenditures for this project. If
    expenditures have not been made during the current reporting period, enter “0”.
        o Note – Recipients should ensure that Current Period Expenditures are less than
            or equal to Cumulative Expenditures for each project. Treasury’s Portal will
            otherwise return an error.
10) Enter the total dollar value of cumulative expenditures for this project. If expenditures
    have yet to be made for this project, enter “0”.
        o Note – Recipients should ensure that Cumulative Expenditures are less than or
            equal to Cumulative Obligations for each project. Treasury’s Portal will otherwise
            return an error.
11) Provide a description for the project between 50 to 1,000 words. Each project description
    should be 3-5 sentences with an overview of the project, which includes a description of
    the project’s purpose, the population being served, the desired outcome from the project,
    and how this outcome is being measured (along with any current data on progress
    towards the desired outcome). For broadband projects, the project description should
    also include a complete list of counties where households, businesses, and community
    anchor institutions that are to be served by the broadband project are located.
12) The program income fields are optional. As discussed in the Uniform Administrative
    Requirements section of the Compliance and Reporting Guidance, program income
    includes, but is not limited to, income from fees for services performed, the use or rental
    of real or personal property acquired under Federal awards, and principal and interest on
    loans made with Federal award funds. Program income does not include interest earned
    on advances of Federal funds, rebates, credits, discounts, or interest on rebates, credits,
    or discounts. Please see 2 C.F.R. 200.1 for more information about what constitutes
    program income. Note that per FAQ 13.15, the program income requirements of 2 CFR
                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            31
   200.307 do not apply under revenue loss eligible use category. As such, recipients may
   maintain program income, which will not be considered an addition to the federal award.
   The program income fields are not associated with projects reported under EC 6.1 or EC
   6.2. Please see FAQ 17.21 for guidance on program income earned after the obligation
   deadline of December 31, 2024. If the project earns income or has expended that
   income, enter the amounts described below:

       •   Program Income Earned Prior to December 31, 2024: Enter the cumulative
           program income earned prior to December 31, 2024. Please see “Program
           Income” 2 CFR 200.1 for the definition of program income.
       •   Program Income Obligated of the Amount Earned Prior to December 31,
           2024: Enter the cumulative program income obligated of the amount earned prior
           to December 31, 2024. This field displays what was previously entered in the
           field previously titled: Program Income obligated by deadline and reported after
           December 31, 2024.
       •   Program Income Expended of the Amount Earned Prior to December 31,
           2024: Enter the cumulative program income expended of the amount earned
           prior to December 31, 2024.
       •   Program Income Obligations Remaining: This is a calculated field. It displays
           the amount of program income remaining to be obligated. The formula used to
           calculate this field is: Program Income Earned prior to December 31, 2024 +
           Program Income Earned on project after December 31, 2024 2024 – Program
           Income Obligated of the Amount Earned Prior to December 31, 2024 - Program
           Income Obligated on Project of the Amount Earned After December 31, 2024.
       •   Program Income Earned After December 31, 2024: Enter the cumulative
           program income earned after the obligation deadline of December 31, 2024.
           Please see “Program Income” 2 CFR 200.1 for the definition of program income.
       •   Program Income Obligated on Project of the Amount Earned After
           December 31, 2024: Enter the cumulative program income obligated of the
           amount earned after December 31, 2024 for an obligation that was incurred by
           December 31, 2024. Please see FAQ 17.21 for guidance about how recipients
           may use program income earned after December 31, 2024 for an obligation that
           was incurred by December 31, 2024.
       •   Program Income Expended of the Amount Earned After December 31, 2024:
           Enter the cumulative program income expended of the amount earned after
           December 31, 2024.
       •   Program Income Expenditures Remaining: This is a calculated field. It
           displays the amount of program income remaining to be expended. The formula
           used to calculate this field is: Program Income Earned prior to December 31,
           2024 + Program Income Earned on project after December 31, 2024 – Program
           Income Expended of the amount earned prior to December 31, 2024 – Program
           Income expended on project of the amount earned after December 31, 2024

13) If the project is in an EC which requires additional programmatic data, additional fields
    will display on the screen. Please see Section IV.e below for more information on
    providing programmatic data and Appendix D for more information on the programmatic
    indicators themselves.




                     Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                        Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          32
                                    Figure IV – 15 Project Entry Screen

   14) Once all of the above information is entered, click the Add Project button, then click the
       Next button to proceed to the following screen or you can stay on this screen and
       continue adding projects to your project inventory.

d) Locking ability for projects that are in a “Completed” status
On the Project Overview page, there is a lock icon located on the right of the screen on the
project line. If the project on that line shows a “Completed” status and the Total Obligations and


Total Expenditures are at 100% the lock Icon                  can be selected (see Figure IV – 16).




                          Figure IV – 16 Project Overview Screen with Lock Option



When the lock option is selected a screen opens to verify that the project has met the criteria of
being in a “complete” status and that the Total Obligations and Total Expenditures are 100%. If
this criteria is met, the status and amounts will turn green and the Lock Project button will turn
red allowing you to push it (see Figure IV – 17 Lock Screen). The project will remain in a locked
status until either the recipient unlocks the project by selecting the lock icon or there is a change
in the obligations or expenditures. With a project in the locked status, the project will remain in a
ready status to submit future P&E reports.




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                33
                                      Figure IV – 17 Lock Screen



e) Update previously reported projects
Certain data fields may be updated in Treasury’s Portal. In addition, if additional programmatic
data is needed, the Project Overview screen will show a yellow pencil icon. Recipients must
validate all the previously reported entries to ascertain that they properly reflect the Expenditure
Categories aligned with the final rule and the project aligned to them (refer to Appendix E).
Please note Treasury’s portal will not accept submissions unless all project entries reflect
Expenditure Categories aligned with the final rule. Recipients should:
   1) Click on the project icon on the Project Profile screen.
   2) Once the project information displays, confirm the information on the screen, including
      the Project Expenditure Category Status and the Project Expenditure Category.
   3) Provide answers to the programmatic data relevant to the EC, if applicable.
   4) Click Confirm Project (see Figure IV – 18).




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           34
                          Figure IV – 18 Update Previously Reported Projects

f) Provide Programmatic Data for Projects
Overview
As noted above, projects in several ECs require programmatic data in addition to the standard
project information covered above and as described in Part B.3.i and B.3.j of the Reporting
Guidance. Appendix D provides additional detail on the measures and information required, by
Expenditure Category. This information should be provided at the project-level (e.g.,
disaggregated by project if the recipient has multiple projects in a single EC).
Programmatic data can be provided via the manual project entry process described above, or in
some cases via bulk upload using the Expenditure Category-specific templates, described in
Section IV.g and Appendix B.
For example, to manually enter a new project in Expenditure Category 3.1 (see Figure IV – 19)
Public Sector Workforce: Payroll and Benefits for Public Health, Public Safety, or Human
Services, the recipient should:
   1) Follow steps 1 – 12 in Section IV.c.1 above.
   2) Answer the question “Does this project include a capital expenditure?” (Y/N) (see Figure
      IV – 18)
   3) Provide answers to the Public Health and Negative Economic Impact questions (see
      Figure IV – 18)
   4) Populate the programmatic data field for “Number of government FTEs responding to
      COVID-19 supported under this authority” (see Figure IV – 20).
   5) Once all of the above information is entered, click Add Project.
   6) Click the Next button to proceed to the following screen.


                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                        35
                                Figure IV –19 Manual Entry for EC 3.1




                             Figure IV – 20 Programmatic Data for EC 3.1

If entering projects via bulk upload, recipients should populate the programmatic data columns
contained in the appropriate EC’s bulk upload template. Appendix C provides a helpful table
mapping each Expenditure Category to the bulk upload template recipients should use if
inputting or updating projects via the bulk upload method.

                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         36
Additional Information Regarding Certain Programmatic Data
In addition to programmatic data or impact measures for projects for specific Expenditure
Categories as noted in Appendix D, Treasury requests information for the following Expenditure
Categories:
1) Project Demographic Distribution (applicable to Public Health and Negative Economic
   Impact ECs: EC 1.1-2.37) – recipients must report whether certain types of projects are
   targeted to impacted and disproportionately impacted communities. Recipients will be
   asked to respond to the following (see Figure IV – 21):

       •   What Impacted and/or Disproportionally Impacted population does this project
           primarily serve? Please select the population primarily served, based on list included
           in Appendix G.
       •   If this project primarily serves more than one Impacted and/or Disproportionately
           Impacted population, please select up to two additional populations served, based
           on list included in Appendix G. If the project does not serve more than one Impacted
           and/or Disproportionately Impacted population, click “None”.
       •   If a project primarily serves an Impacted and/or Disproportionately Impacted
           population under an “Other” category, add the relevant information in the narrative.




                        Figure IV –21 Project Demographic Distribution Questions

2) Public Health and Negative Economic Impact: For projects reported under the Project
   Expenditure Categories EC1: Public Health, EC2: Negative Economic Impact and EC3:
   Public Health-Negative Economic Impact: Public Sector Capacity, provide:
      • Brief description of structure and objectives of assistance program(s), including
          public health or negative economic impact experienced
      • Brief description of how a recipient’s response is related and reasonably proportional
          to a public health or negative economic impact of COVID-19 (see Figure IV – 22)
          o Between these two fields above, recipients should provide enough information to
              identify the type of enumerated eligible use being provided within the EC (e.g.,
              kinship care support services), the public health or economic impact
              experienced, who the program and/or service is being provided to, and what
              services are being provided (e.g., respite resources). For enumerated eligible
              uses (other than certain capital expenditures, as discussed below), recipients are
              not required to provide substantive documentation that the response is related




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         37
               and reasonably proportional in the Project and Expenditure Report.




                     Figure IV – 22 Public Health – Negative Economic Impact Questions

3) Capital Expenditures: For projects reported under the Project Expenditure Categories EC1:
   Public Health, EC2: Negative Economic Impact, EC3: Public Health-Negative Economic
   Impact: Public Sector Capacity, and certain sub-categories of EC8: Natural Disasters (8.6,
   8.7, 8.12, and 8.13), provide answers to the following questions (refer to Figure IV – 23):
       • Does this project include a capital expenditure?
       • If “Yes”:
                 i. What is the total expected cost of the capital expenditure, including pre-
                    development costs, if applicable?
                ii. For projects under ECs 1, 2, and 3, type of capital expenditure, based on the
                    following enumerated uses (as noted in Appendix H)
       • If the answer is “No”, include a zero for the expected total cost of the capital
           expenditure
       • For recipients (other than Tribal governments) investing in projects under ECs 1-3
           with total expected capital expenditures for an enumerated eligible use of $10 million
           or more, provide a written justification. (This field was required starting with the July
           2022 reporting.)
       • For recipients (other than Tribal governments) investing in projects under an “other”
           use under ECs 1-3, or under EC 8.12, with total expected capital expenditures of $1
           million or more, provide a written justification. (This field was required for ECs 1-3
           starting with the July 2022 reporting.)
       • For projects under ECs 1, 2, 3, 8.6, 8.7, 8.12, and 8.13 with total expected capital
           expenditures of over $10 million, provide labor reporting as outlined for infrastructure
           projects on pages 41 and 42 of the Reporting Guidance. (These fields were required
           for ECs 1-3 starting with the July 2022 reporting.)




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           38
                              Figure IV - 23 Capital Expenditure Questions

4) Evidenced-based questions (only applicable to States, U.S. Territories, and metropolitan
   cities and counties with population over 250,000): For relevant ECs identified in Appendix C
   with an asterisk (“*”), provide the following information in regards to use of evidence.
   Appendix 2 of the Reporting Guidance provides further details (See Figure IV-24).

       •   Identify the dollar amount of the total project spending that is allocated towards
           evidence-based interventions.
       •   Is a program evaluation of the project being conducted?




                                Figure IV - 24 Evidence-based questions

5) Premium Pay (EC 4.1 and EC 4.2): If EC 4.1 or 4.2 is selected as the project expenditure
   category, recipients will need to provide additional data, as reflected in Figure IV - 25:

       •   Sectors Designated as Essential Critical Infrastructure
       •   Number of workers to be served (cumulative for the project)
       •   Premium Pay Narrative
       •   Number of workers to be served with premium pay in K-12 schools (cumulative)




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           39
                              Figure IV – 25 Premium Pay Additional Questions

Note - Recipients that are either creating or supporting a Premium Pay program should
reference the final rule, the Overview of the Final Rule, and the SLFRF FAQs, including FAQ
4.11, for information regarding this eligible use. Recipients may not use SLFRF funds to provide
premium pay to essential workers for work performed after April 10, 2023. Recipients may
continue to make payments retroactively for premium pay for work performed between the start
of the pandemic and April 10, 2023.
o Sectors designated as essential critical infrastructure sectors: Recipients should refer to
  the list of sectors below when providing information for this question. Recipients may also
  refer to this list of sectors on the Subaward screens (see section IV.g) to answer the
  question: Employer sector for all subawards to third-party employers (i.e., employers other
  than the State, local, or Tribal government). If a recipient selects “other”, please describe the
  additional non-public sector that the recipient’s chief executive (or equivalent) designated
  consistent with the requirements of the final rule.
                    Sectors Designated as Essential Critical Infrastructure Sectors
 Any work performed by an employee of a State, local, or Tribal government
 Behavioral health work
 Biomedical Research
 Dental care work
 Educational work, school nutrition work, and other work required to operate a school facility
 Elections work
 Emergency response
 Family or childcare
 Grocery stores, restaurants, food production, and food delivery
 Health care
 Home- and community-based health care or assistance with activities of daily living
 Laundry work
 Maintenance work
 Medical testing and diagnostics
 Pharmacy
                           Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          40
                       Sectors Designated as Essential Critical Infrastructure Sectors
    Public health work
    Sanitation, disinfection, and cleaning work
    Social services work
    Solid waste or hazardous materials management, response, and cleanup work
    Transportation and warehousing
    Vital services to Tribes
    Work at hotel and commercial lodging facilities that are used for COVID-19 mitigation and containment
    Work in a mortuary
    Work in critical clinical research, development, and testing necessary for COVID-19 response
    Work requiring physical interaction with patients
    Other


•     Premium Pay Narrative: Recipients must submit a written justification to Treasury
      describing how the premium pay or grant is responsive to eligible workers performing
      essential work during the public health emergency for groups of workers that do not meet
      one of the two criteria below:
      1. Eligible worker receiving premium pay is earning (with the premium included) at or below
         150 percent of their residing state or county’s average annual wage for all occupations,
         as defined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics Occupational Employment and Wage
         Statistics, whichever is higher, on an annual basis; or
      2. Eligible worker receiving premium pay is not exempt from the Fair Labor Standards Act
         overtime provisions.
6) Infrastructure Projects Programmatic Data (EC 5): Programmatic data is requested for
   Infrastructure projects in addition to data uploaded by bulk template.
      a. For Water and sewer projects (EC 5.1-5.18): Recipients will provide information
         associated with water and sewer projects (see Figure IV - 26), under EC 5.1 through
         5.18 when the project starts. Recipients are not required to provide the information if the
         project has not started. When the “Status of Completion” field is marked “Not Started”,
         the additional questions required for water and sewer projects will not display. Recipients
         should consider this guidance when entering the following data:
         • Projected/actual construction start date
         • Projected/actual initiation of operations date
         • Location Type
         • Location Details
         • Public Water System (PWS) ID Number
         • National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit Number
         • Median Household Income of service area
         • Lowest Quintile Income of the service area
                   o     For median income and lowest quintile income of Census Tracts and other
                         geographic areas, recipients should refer to the most recent American
                         Community Survey 5-year estimates available through the Census website.


                               Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                  Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             41
              Figure IV - 26 Programmatic Data for Infrastructure Projects EC 5.1 - 5.18

b. Broadband (EC 5.19-5.21): Recipients will provide information associated with
   broadband projects according to the guidance outlined below. Beginning with the July
   2022 reporting period, recipients are required to provide planned information, even if the
   project is marked as “Not Started.” Recipients are required to provide actual information
   once the project is fully completed; fields that capture actual information will otherwise
   be optional until the project is fully completed. Beginning in the July 2023 reporting
   period, recipients are required to provide Fabric ID# and Provider ID#’s for all broadband
   locations and need to include standardized FCC Identifiers. Location templates will also
   need to be included for all broadband projects. This information will be uploaded to the
   portal using the bulk upload process. Recipients should consider this guidance when
   entering the following data (see Figure IV - 27):
Overall Project Information
Recipients must provide information for these projects, regardless of whether the project has
started. In the “Project Description” narrative section, as referenced above, recipients
should provide additional information regarding the broadband project, including:
   1. A complete list of counties where households, businesses, and community anchor
      institutions that are to be served by the broadband project are located.
      The geographic information provided in the Project Description in the form of a list of
      counties, in conjunction with other data regarding the broadband project such as
      subrecipient information, may be used by Treasury to review broadband projects to
      ensure that funds are spent on eligible uses consistent with the final rule.
   2. Projected/actual construction start date
   3. Projected/actual initiation of operations date
   4. Do you have a broadband location file to upload?
      • If yes, upon creation Broadband locations will require additional data via bulk

           upload. Click on the project status      icon after creation to add location data.
      • If no, please explain reasons for not having a location file.
   5. Is the project designed to, upon completion, reliably meet or exceed symmetrical 100
      Mbps download and upload speeds?
           • If the project is not designed to reliably meet or exceed symmetrical 100
               Mbps download and upload speeds, explain why not, and
           • Confirm that the project is designed to, upon completion, reliably meet or
               exceed 100 Mbps download speed and between at least 20 Mbps and 100
                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         42
                  Mbps upload speed, and be scalable to a minimum of 100 Mbps download
                  speed and 100 Mbps upload speed.
       6. Is the project designed to provide service to households?
          • If yes, confirm that the service provider for the project participates, or will upon
               completion of the project, either participate in the Federal Communications
               Commission (FCC) Affordable Connectivity Program (ACP) or otherwise provide
               access to a broad-based affordability program that provides benefits to
               households commensurate with those provided under the ACP to low-income
               consumers in the proposed service area of the broadband infrastructure.
       Detailed Project Information: Planned versus Actual
       Planned: Recipients will provide detailed planned information associated with broadband
       projects even if the project is “Not Started.”
       Actual: Recipients will provide detailed actual information associated with broadband
       projects when the project is completed. When the “Status of Completion” field is marked
       with a status other than “Completed”, the actuals are optional.
       Broadband Project Design Details: For each project, the recipient will provide the
       following information related to the design of the project: (7) the technology types
       planned and used, (8) the total miles of fiber deployed, (9) the total number of funded
       locations served by speed (pre-SLFRF investment), (10) the total number of funded
       location served by speed (post-SLFRF investment), and (11) the total number of funded
       locations served by type.
       7. Broadband Project Technology Type: select all technology types that apply from the
          following list (“Fiber”, “Coaxial Cable”, “Terrestrial Fixed Wireless”, “Other”)
          • If Technology Type is “Other,” specify what other types of technologies are being
               used in the buildout to locations covered by this project
       8. Total Miles of Fiber Deployed: provide the number representing the total miles of
          fiber the project is designed to deploy or has deployed
       9. Total Number of Funded Locations Served by Speed (pre-SLFRF investment):
          provide the number of locations the project is designed to serve in the fields listed
          below. A location is defined as a business or residential location at which fixed mass
          market broadband Internet access service is, or can be, installed. 7 2F




          • Total number of funded locations served (cumulative for the project)
          • Total cumulative number of funded locations served receiving below 25/3 Mbps
               (pre-SLFRF Investment)
          • Total cumulative number of funded locations served receiving 25/3 Mbps or
               greater but less than 100/20 Mbps (pre-SLFRF Investment)
          If the sum of the two items in (8), total locations receiving below 25/3 Mbps and total
          locations receiving 25/3 Mbps or greater but less than 100/20 Mbps is not equal to
          the number provided for the total number of funded locations to be served by the
          project, explain in the text box provided.

7
 Establishing the Digital Opportunity Data Collection; Modernizing the FCC Form 477 Data Program, WC
Docket Nos. 19‐195, 11‐10, Third Report and Order, 36 FCC Rcd 1126, 1175 para. 126 (2021); 47 U.S.C.
§641(1) and 47 CFR § 8.1(b).
                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            43
        10. Project Design Buildout Speeds: provide the following information related to the
            planned buildout standards for speeds that will be provided as a result of the project
            receiving SLFRF investment.

               •   Total Number of Funded Locations by Speed (post-SLFRF investment):
                   provide the number of locations the project is designed to serve and actually
                   served in the fields listed below (cumulative for the project).
                   a. Total cumulative number of funded locations receiving minimum 100/100
                        Mbps
                   b. Total cumulative number of funded locations receiving minimum 100/20
                        Mbps and scalable to minimum 100/100 Mbps
               •   Provide the sum of the three speed categories above that will be available
                   following the SLFRF investment (9). The sum of the counts provided in (9)
                   should equal the total number of locations provided above.
        11. Total Number of Funded Locations by Type 8: provide information about the locations
                                                          3F




             the project is designed to serve, including by the following location types:
                   a. Residential
                         a. Total Housing Units
                   b. Business
                   c. Community Anchor Institution

           The sum of the counts provided in (10) should equal the total number of locations
           provided above. If the sum of Residential locations, Business locations, and
           Community Anchor Institution locations is not equal to the number provided for the
           total number of funded locations to be served by the project, please explain in the
           text box provided.

        12. Void Location: new optional field for all project that if the location is no longer
            relevant, the line item can but identified as ‘Void’ to remove it from the displayed
            locations. The option of either ‘Display’ or ‘Void’ can be selected.
Treasury has determined location type categories according to guidance issued by the FCC in
Establishing the Digital Opportunity Data Collection; Modernizing the FCC Form 477 Data
Program. Each location should be classified as one of three types: Residential, Business, or
Community Anchor Institution. Please note that beginning October 2022 recipients will also
capture each location as a unique latitude/longitude point.
Definitions to be used for classifying each location by type, as well as the definition for Housing
Unit, can be found below.

    •   Residential Location: A residential location is defined by the FCC as a location that is or
        contains “housing units” or “group quarters” based on the U.S. Census Bureau’s




8
 See Establishing the Digital Opportunity Data Collection; Modernizing the FCC Form 477 Data Program,
WC Docket Nos. 19‐195, 11‐10, Third Report and Order, 36 FCC Rcd 1126, 1175 para. 126 (2021).
                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             44
        definition of these terms. 9 For all locations identified as “residential,” the Recipient must
                                  4F




        also document the total number of “housing units” at that location.

    •   Housing Unit: A housing unit is defined by the Census Bureau as a house, an apartment,
        a mobile home, a group of rooms, or a single room that is occupied (or if vacant, is
        intended for occupancy) as separate living quarters. Separate living quarters are those
        in which the occupants live and eat separately from any other persons in the building
        and which have direct access from the outside of the building or through a common hall.
        Multiple housing units in a single structure at a single street address or latitude/longitude
        point, such as apartment buildings, must be reported in a single record. Recipients
        should include the number of units of the building in the Number of Housing Units field.
        Please note that beginning October 2022, recipients will be required to provide
        latitude/longitude information that conforms with location information in the FCC’s
        Broadband Serviceable Location Fabric (Fabric) 10 and should report multiple housing
                                                           5F




        units in a single structure in a single record with a single latitude/longitude consistent
        with the data in the Fabric.

        While the Census Bureau does not classify group quarters, such as college dormitories,
        as housing units, the FCC has determined to include group quarters in the definition of
        residential structures, which is a departure from the previously-used definitions, because
        they believe this will be more consistent with the intention of the Broadband DATA Act. 11  6F




        Further guidance can be found at FCC.gov/BroadbandData/Resources.

    •   Business Location: A business location is defined as a non-residential structure on a
        property without residential locations that would expect to demand internet access
        services. 12 Recipients should only report the locations of businesses that they would
                 7F




        expect to demand mass market broadband Internet access service, which typically are
        small businesses. Recipients should not report the locations of larger businesses that
        purchase or would be expected to purchase dedicated high-capacity transmission
        services, such as business data services (also known as special access).
        For purposes of deciding what business locations “count,” recipients should consider the
        nature of the service offered to the location. A “small business” would typically subscribe
        to mass market “best efforts” broadband Internet access service. 13 This does not mean
                                                                               8F




        the business actually is subscribing to this service, but rather this is a location where the
        carrier is commercially offering mass market broadband Internet access service to end

9
  See Establishing the Digital Opportunity Data Collection; Modernizing the FCC Form 477 Data Program,
WC Docket Nos. 19‐195, 11‐10, Third Report and Order, 36 FCC Rcd 1126, 1175 para. 127 (2021)(Third
Report and Order).
10
   Information on the Fabric, including how to access the locations data in it, is available at:
FCC.gov/BroadbandData
11
    Third Report and Order, 36 FCC Rcd 1126, 1175 para. 127.
12
   See Establishing the Digital Opportunity Data Collection; Modernizing the FCC Form 477 Data Program,
WC Docket Nos. 19‐195, 11‐10, Third Report and Order, 36 FCC Rcd 1126, 1175 para. 128 (2021).
13
   See Wireline Competition Bureau Provides Guidance to Carriers Receiving Connect America Fund
Support Regarding Their Broadband Location Reporting Obligations, Docket No 10-90, 31 FCC Rcd
12900, para. 55 (2016).
                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              45
         users and would provide this type of service if the customer requested it, with no
         charges or delays attributable to the extension of the network of the provider. This
         includes the initiation of fixed broadband internet access service through routine
         installation that can be completed not later than 10 business days after the date on
         which the service request is submitted. 149F




     •   Community Anchor Institution: A community anchor institution means an entity, such as
         a school, library, health clinic, health center, hospital or other medical provider, public
         safety entity, institution of higher education, public housing organization, 15 or community
                                                                                    10F




         support organization that facilitates greater use of broadband service by vulnerable
         populations, including, but not limited to, low-income individuals, unemployed
         individuals, children, the incarcerated, and aged individuals.




                              Figure IV - 27 EC 5.19 - 5.21 Programmatic Data




14
  See 47 CFR 1.7001(a)(17).
15
  This term is used broadly and includes any public housing agency, HUD-assisted housing organizations
or Tribal housing organization.
                           Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            46
Location by Location Project Information (Figure IV – 28 and 29)




                              Figure IV - 28 Broadband Project Uploads




                            Figure IV - 29 Broadband Location Bulk Upload




                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide         47
Starting in the July 2023 Project and Expenditure (P&E) Reporting, all projects will be required
to complete FCC required information. The following location-specific data is required for each
project in the format described below. For each location served by a project, the recipient must
collect from the subrecipient and submit the following information to Treasury using the
Broadband Bulk Upload Template on the SLFRF website that includes the following information
(see Appendix I for further details on these fields). The predetermined file format also requests
project-level data be provided at the top of the file; project-level information provided in this file
should match the information provided in the portal.

       •   The corresponding Fabric ID from the FCC Broadband Serviceable Location Fabric
           for the location
       •   Latitude/longitude at the structure where service will be installed
                o Process for Capturing Latitude/Longitude Data: The highly preferred and
                    Treasury-encouraged method for generating latitude/longitude data for each
                    location to which service is to be installed is through the use of a
                    commercially available GPS-encoded device physically present at the
                    location. More guidance regarding this preferred method, Geolocation with
                    GPS in the Field, can be found in Geolocation Methods.
                   The latitude/longitude data for each location to which service is designed to
                   be installed should be situated at the structure that is the broadband
                   serviceable location.

       •   Provider ID
              o FCC Issued Provider ID #
       •   Technology used to offer service at the location:
              o Fiber
              o Coaxial Cable
              o Fixed Wireless
              o Other
                      ▪ If “Other”, provide additional detail on the technology used to offer
                           service at the location
       •   Location Type
              o Residential
                      ▪ If Residential, Number of Housing Units
              o Business
              o Community anchor institution
       •   Speed tier at the location pre-SLFRF investment
              o Below 25/3 Mbps
              o 25/3 Mbps or greater but less than 100/20 Mbps
       •   Speed and latency at the location post-SLFRF investment
              o Maximum download speed offered/advertised
              o Maximum download speed delivered
              o Maximum upload speed offered/advertised
              o Maximum upload speed delivered
               o  Latency




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             48
                      Figure IV - 30 Broadband Speed Tiers and Pricing Bulk Upload

       Speed and Latency
       To ensure broadband infrastructure investments meet current and future cases and to
       promote consistency across federal agencies, Treasury adopts the compliance
       standards and testing protocols for speed and latency established and used by the
       Commission in multiple contexts, including the Connect America Fund and the Rural
       Digital Opportunity Fund. 16 In order to demonstrate continued compliance with these
                                 1F




       standards, subgrantees must perform speed and latency tests from the customer
       premises of an active subscriber to a remote test server at an end-point consistent with
       the requirements for a Commission-designated IXP. 17      12F




       In addition, 95 percent of latency measurements during testing windows must fall at or
       below 100 milliseconds round-trip time. 18 This approach ensures a connection that
                                                  13F




16
   See, e.g., Connect America Fund, WC Docket No. 10-90, Order, 33 FCC Rcd 6509 (WCB/WTB/OET
2018) (Performance Measures Order); Connect America Fund, Order on Reconsideration, WC Docket
No. 10-90, 34 FCC Rcd 10109 (2019) (Performance Measures Reconsideration Order).
17
   See Performance Measures Reconsideration Order, 34 FCC Rcd at 10114-16, paras. 17-19.
18
   See id., 34 FCC Rcd at 6527-28, para. 50.
                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           49
       supports reasonably foreseeable real-time applications. In the limited circumstance
       where even a fiber deployment cannot achieve this latency threshold (for example in a
       remote territory), Treasury may expand the latency threshold for specific broadband
       infrastructure investments at the request of a recipient (Figure IV – 30).

       •   Speed tiers offered - each speed tier of broadband service offered by the project
       •   Type of service – whether the service is a residential, business, or other package
       •   Base price – the corresponding non-promotional price for each tier of service
       •   Associated fees – one-time and monthly recurring fees associated with each tier of
           service.
       Note: Information regarding speed tiers offered and corresponding non-promotional
       prices, including associated fees, for each speed tier of broadband service is not
       required until projects are completed. Speed and price data for all projects can be
       included in one bulk upload file. Please be sure to clearly indicate which project each
       entry is associated with using the Recipient assigned project identification number


7) Infrastructure Projects with total expected costs over $10M: Recipients entering
   infrastructure projects with total expected costs over $10 million are required to respond to
   four questions manually. If you expect a project to exceed $10 million over its lifetime, it is
   strongly recommended to complete the reporting in advance to avoid future retroactive
   reporting burden and project-associated expenses.

   As noted on page 37, for projects reported under ECs 1, 2, 3, 8.6, 8.7, 8.12, or 8.13,where
   the total expected capital expenditure is over $10 million, recipients will also provide labor
   reporting as outlined below.
   Recipients are required to provide the following additional information:
       a. Davis-Bacon Act Certification (see Figures IV - 29):
             1. Select “Yes” or “No” response to Certification question for Davis-Bacon Act:
                 Do you intend to certify that “all laborers and mechanics employed by
                 contractors and subcontractors in the performance of the project are paid
                 wages at rates not less than those prevailing, as determined by the U.S.
                 Secretary of Labor in accordance with subchapter IV of chapter 31 of title 40,
                 United States Code (commonly known as the “Davis-Bacon Act”), for the
                 corresponding classes of laborers and mechanics employed on projects of a
                 character similar to the contract work in the civil subdivision of the State (or
                 the District of Columbia) in which the work is to be performed, or by the
                 appropriate state entity pursuant to a corollary state prevailing-wage-in-
                 construction law (commonly known as “baby Davis-Bacon Acts”)?
             2. If response is “No”, enter the following information in the revealed questions:
                       i. The number of employees of contractors and sub-contractors working
                          on the project;
                      ii. The number of employees on the project hired directly;
                     iii. The number of employees on the project hired through a third party;


                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           50
                        iv. The wages and benefits of workers on the project by classification;
                            and
                         v. Whether those wages are at rates less than those prevailing. 19           14F




PLEASE NOTE: Selecting "Yes" to a.1. means that you intend to certify that all contractors and
subcontractors are paying prevailing wages and fringe benefits to all laborers and mechanics on
the project.




               Figure IV - 31 Additional Questions if Response to David Bacon Certification is "No"

        b. Certification of Labor Agreements (Figure IV - 32):
              1. Select “Yes” or “No” response to Certification question for existence of project
                   labor agreement: Do you intend to certify that “the indicated project includes a
                   project labor agreement, meaning a pre-hire collective bargaining agreement
                   consistent with section 8(f) of the National Labor Relations Act (29 U.S.C.
                   158(f))?
              2. If response is “No”, enter the following information about a project continuity
                   plan in the pop-up window:
                         i. How the recipient will ensure the project has ready access to a
                            sufficient supply of appropriately skilled and unskilled labor to ensure
                            high-quality construction throughout the life of the project, including a
                            description of any required professional certifications and/or in-house
                            training?;
                        ii. How the recipient will minimize risks of labor disputes and disruptions
                            that would jeopardize timeliness and cost-effectiveness of the
                            project?;
                       iii. How the recipient will provide a safe and healthy workplace that
                            avoids delays and costs associated with workplace illnesses, injuries,
                            and fatalities, including descriptions of safety training, certification,
                            and/or licensure requirements for all relevant workers (e.g., OSHA 10,
                            OSHA 30)?;

19
  As determined by the U.S. Secretary of Labor in accordance with subchapter IV of chapter 31 of title
40, United States Code (commonly known as the “Davis-Bacon Act”), for the corresponding classes of
laborers and mechanics employed on projects of a character similar to the contract work in the civil
subdivision of the State (or the District of Columbia) in which the work is to be performed.
                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                    51
                        iv. Whether workers on the project will receive wages and benefits that
                            will secure an appropriately skilled workforce in the context of the
                            local or regional labor market?; and
                         v. Whether the project has completed a project labor agreement.
PLEASE NOTE: Selecting "Yes" to b.1. means that you intend to or are using an 8(f) pre-hire
agreement on your project.




          Figure IV - 32 Additional Questions if Response to Certifications of Labor Agreements is "No"

       c. Note whether the project prioritizes local hires (see Figure IV - 33).

       d. Note whether the project has a Community Benefit Agreement, with a description of
          any such agreement (see Figure IV - 33).




                                 Figure IV - 33 Additional Certification Question

8) Revenue Replacement: Information previously provided as part of prior reporting will display
   in this screen. Recipients must enter information in the required revenue replacement
   fields prior to submission of the Project and Expenditure Report, even if they have no
   projects to report.
   As outlined in the 2022 final rule, recipients have the option to make a one-time decision to
   calculate revenue loss according to the formula outlined in the 2022 final rule or elect a
   “Standard Allowance” of up to $10 million, not to exceed the award allocation, to spend on
   government services throughout the period of performance. The option to make this one-
   time decision was provided during the April 30, 2022 reporting deadline. Recipients may
   update their revenue loss determination, as appropriate, through the April 2025 reporting
   period. Upon update, any prior revenue loss election will be superseded. Recipients must

                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                  52
     use a consistent methodology across the period of performance (i.e., choose either the
     standard allowance or the full formula) and may not elect one approach for certain reporting
     years and the other approach for different reporting years.


     Standard Allowance
     For recipients electing the “Standard Allowance”, Treasury will presume that up to $10
     million in revenue, not to exceed the award allocation, has been lost due to the public health
     emergency and recipients are permitted to use that amount to fund “government services.”
     Please note that electing the standard allowance does not change a recipient’s total
     allocation. Note: Recipients who answered “Yes” or “No” for the Standard Allowance
     election in prior reporting cycles will have their prior answers displayed in their January 2023
     Project and Expenditure Reports, and it will be editable. Recipients who want to maintain
     their current election need not make any changes. However, if a recipient previously elected
     to calculate revenue loss or elected the standard allowance but would like to update that
     election, Treasury’s Portal will allow recipients to supersede their prior election and instead
     take the standard allowance or calculate lost revenue using the formula in the final rule,
     respectively. Refer to Figure IV - 34.
     The following questions will display in the screen for all recipients, including those with total
     allocations of $10 million or less; as noted, your prior responses will be displayed:
        •     Is your jurisdiction electing to use the standard allowance of up to $10 million, not
              to exceed your total award allocation, for identifying revenue loss? Yes/No (Please
              note electing the standard allowance does not change your total allocation).
        •    If “Yes” is selected, recipients will enter further information to indicate to Treasury
             the amount of revenue loss the recipient is electing under the standard allowance,
             as noted in Figure IV-30. 20  15F




     When entering the amount of revenue loss a recipient is electing under the standard
     allowance, recipients should note the following:
        •     If a recipient’s total allocation is $10 million or greater, the recipient may enter in
              the amount of revenue loss the recipient is electing up to $10 million.



20
   In many instances, a recipient with a total allocation below $10 million may choose to use its full
allocation as revenue loss funds. For example, a recipient with a $9 million allocation may elect the
standard allowance and use $9 million for the revenue loss eligible use category.

In other instances, a recipient with an allocation below $10 million may choose to attribute less than its full
award to revenue loss. For example, a recipient with a $9 million allocation may have obligated or
expended funds for a project under another eligible use category (e.g., COVID-19 Vaccination) before the
$10 million standard allowance was announced by Treasury. In that case, the recipient could report the
project under the COVID-19 Vaccination eligible use category, and then choose to attribute the rest of its
allocation to the revenue loss standard allowance. Alternatively, this recipient could recategorize its
previously obligated funds under the revenue loss eligible use category (EC 6.1) to account for them all
under revenue loss.

Recipients with allocations greater than $10 million may also determine to use the full $10 million as
revenue loss, or there may be similar considerations that cause the recipient to take less than the $10
million standard allowance.
                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                   53
       •    If a recipient’s total allocation is less than $10 million, the recipient may enter in the
            amount of revenue loss the recipient is electing up to your total allocation.

   Description of Services
   Recipients will also be given a textbox to describe what the funds are being used for under
   revenue replacement. Treasury requests that descriptions provide explanations that details
   what type of specific eligible government services are being supported with the funds. The
   textbox for entering these details is designed to take at least 250 characters as part of the
   description of services. For example, a useful description might of how revenue replacement
   funds were used might read like the following:
       “Revenue replacement funds are being used to maintain current levels of services of the
       local government, including the salaries of three firefighters and the related operations
       and maintenance fees associated with the department’s emergency vehicles. Additional
       funds were used to maintain and service streetlamps in the downtown area, as well as a
       project to rebuild the sidewalks of the commercial district.”




                Figure IV - 34 Revenue Replacement Screen - Electing Standard Allowance

Calculating revenue loss according to the formula


                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              54
For recipients calculating revenue loss according to the formula, note that the final rule
permits recipients to choose whether to use calendar or fiscal year calculation dates. Recipients
must use the same calculation time frame (calendar or fiscal year) throughout the award period.
For the January 2023 reporting period, recipients will complete the revenue loss fields for 2022
if information is available. Recipients will also confirm their Base Year Fiscal Year End Date and
their decision to calculate Actual General Revenue by calendar year or fiscal year.
Please note that Base Year Fiscal Year End Date is the end date of the most recent full fiscal
year prior to the public health emergency (i.e., last full fiscal year before January 27, 2020),
which for many recipients likely will be the fiscal year ending in 2019. Figure IV - 35 provides the
screen recipients will complete.




                               Figure IV - 35 Revenue Loss Using Formula


Summary Table

Based on the recipient’s election, certain information will display in Treasury’s Portal, which the
recipient will need to complete, as noted in the table below:

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           55
                    Data                                If Using Standard             If not Using Standard
                                                            Allowance                        Allowance


 Base Year Revenue                                            N/A                           Required
 Base Fiscal Year End Date                                    N/A                           Required
 Growth Adjustment Used                                       N/A                           Required
 Selection of Calendar Year or Fiscal Year                    N/A                           Required
 Actual General Revenue 21 16F                                N/A                           Required
 Revenue Loss                                               Required                        Required
 Select whether Fiscal Recovery Funds                       Required                        Required
 were used to a make a deposit into a
 pension fund. Please note that no
 recipients except for Tribal governments
 may use Fiscal Recovery Funds to make a
 deposit to a pension fund
 Provide an explanation of how revenue                      Required                        Required
 replacement funds were allocated to
 government services


9) Additional Programmatic Data for Tier 1 Recipients only

     Note- These additional programmatic data are required for Tier 1 recipients only: States,
     U.S. territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000,
     all of which are required to submit a Recovery Plan Performance Report.

     a. EC 1.11, 2.10

     Additional programmatic data is required for EC 1.11, 2.10 that can be provided via bulk
     upload file or manual entry. The EC descriptions are as follows:
         • EC 1.11 Community Violence Interventions
         • EC 2.10 Assistance to Unemployed or Underemployed Workers (e.g., job training,
            subsidized employment, employment supports or incentives)

     Additional data to provide for EC 1.11, 2.10 is as follows:
        • Number of workers enrolled in sectoral job training programs (cumulative for project)
        • Number of workers completing sectoral job training programs (cumulative for project)
        • Number of people participating in summer youth employment programs (cumulative
            for project).

     b. EC 2.2

     Additional programmatic data is required for EC 2.2 that can be provided via bulk upload file
     or manual entry. The EC description is as follows:
         • EC 2.2 Household Assistance: Rent, Mortgage, and Utility Aid

21
   As discussed in the final rule, following the April 1 effective date of the final rule, recipients who
calculate revenue loss will be required to account for the impact of tax decreasing or increasing changes
in their actual general revenue calculation.
                                 Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                    Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                 56
Additional data to provide for EC 2.2 is as follows:
   • Number of households receiving eviction prevention services (including legal
       representation), cumulative for project

c. EC 2.11 – 2.14

Additional programmatic data are required for EC 2.11 – 2.14 that can be provided via bulk
upload file or manual entry. The EC descriptions are as follows:
    • EC 2.11 Healthy Childhood Environments: Child Care
    • EC 2.12 Healthy Childhood Environments: Home Visiting
    • EC 2.13 Healthy Childhood Environments: Services to Foster Youth or Families
       Involved in Child Welfare System
    • EC 2.14 Healthy Childhood Environments: Early Learning

Additional data to provide for EC 2.11 – 2.14 is as follows:
   • Number of children served by childcare and early learning services (pre-school/pre-
       K/ages 3-5), cumulative for project
   • Number of families served by home visiting, cumulative for project

d. EC 2.15 – 2.18

Additional programmatic data are required for EC 2.15 – 2.18 that can be provided via bulk
upload file or manual entry. The EC descriptions are as follows:
    • EC 2.15 Long-Term Housing Security: Affordable Housing
    • EC 2.16 Long-Term Housing Security: Services for Unhoused persons
    • EC 2.17 Housing Support: Housing Vouchers and Relocation Assistance for
       Disproportionately Impacted Communities
    • EC 2.18 Housing Support: Other Housing Assistance

Additional data to provide for EC 2.15 – 2.18 is as follows:
   • Number of households receiving eviction prevention services (including legal
       representation)
   • Number of affordable housing units preserved or developed

e. EC 2.24 – 2.27
Additional programmatic data are required for EC 2.24 – 2.27 that can be provided via bulk
upload file or manual entry. The EC descriptions are as follows:

   •   EC 2.24 Addressing Educational Disparities: Aid to High-Poverty Districts
   •   EC 2.25 Addressing Educational Disparities: Academic, Social, and Emotional
       Services
   •   EC 2.26 Addressing Educational Disparities: Mental Health Services
   •   EC 2.27 Addressing Impacts of Lost Instructional Time

Additional data to provide for EC 2.24 – 2.27 is as follows:
                     Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                        Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                        57
       •   Number of students participating in evidence-based tutoring programs, cumulative
           for project

g) Edit or delete projects before submission
New projects entered into the system can be edited or deleted before final submission. To edit
a project, open the project from the My Projects screen. To delete a project, use the Delete
Project Button. See Figure IV - 36. If a report is already submitted, users will need to un-submit
the report to edit or delete a project record, until the due date of the report.




                              Figure IV - 36 Edit and Delete Project Screen

Note: Only new projects created during the current reporting cycle can be deleted. Projects that
have been previously submitted as part of prior reports must be revised or cancelled as shown
in Section V.
h) Enter projects using the bulk upload method:
Recipients have the option to provide project information via bulk upload, in lieu of manual entry
for some or all of their projects. Please note, bulk upload templates are specific to the EC the
project best aligns to. The table in Appendix C provides a mapping of project ECs to their
appropriate bulk upload template.
   1) Fill the downloaded template with information specific to each project’s EC, as follows.
      Projects within the same EC or set of ECs covered by a given template can be uploaded
      together. For example, all projects in EC 1.8, 2.29- 2.33 can be entered together on the
      Project Bulk Upload for Project EC 1.8, 2.29-2.33 Template. Optional fields are denoted
      by (*). “Column” below refers to the applicable area in the bulk upload file.
                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          58
•   Column B: Select the Project Expenditure Category Group
•   Column C: Select the Project Expenditure Category
•   Column D: Enter the Project Name
•   Column E: Enter the unique project identification number assigned by the State or
    U.S. Territory to the project. Do not use duplicate project numbers for multiple
    projects
•   Column F: Select the completion status of the project
•   Column G: Provide an explanation if the project status is “Cancelled”
•   Column H: Project Start Date
•   Column I: Project end Date
•   Column J: Enter the total dollar value of the adopted budget for this project * (only
    applicable to States, U.S. Territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with
    population over 250,000)
•   Column K: Enter the total dollar value of obligations for this project. If no amounts are
    obligated, enter “0”
•   Column L: Enter the total dollar value of expenditures for this project. If no
    expenditures have been incurred, enter “0”
•   Column M: Enter the current period value of obligations. If no new amounts were
    obligated, enter “0”
•   Column N: Enter the current period value of expenditures. If no expenditures were
    incurred during the period, enter “0”
•   Column O: For projects in EC 1, 2, 3, 8.6, 8.7, 8.12, or 8.13, enter a yes or no
    response to the question: does this project include a capital expenditure?
•   Column P: If yes, what is the total expected cost of the capital expenditure?
•   Column Q: For projects in EC 1, 2, or 3, enter the capital expenditure type based on
    list
•   Column R: If “Other” was selected in Column O for Capital Expenditure Type,
    provide more details
•   Column S: Enter the narrative for the capital expenditure
•   Column T: Enter a description of the project
•   Column U: Enter the amount of program income earned
•   Column V: Enter the amount of program income expended
•   Column W: For projects in EC 1.1-7, 1.10, 1.12-14, 2.9, 2.19-23, 2.28, 2.35 or 2.37,
    enter Project Demographic Distribution - Primarily Populations Served information
•   Column X: Enter the Project Demographic Distribution Primarily Populations Served
•   Column Y: If selecting a population needing specification, enter that specific
    population
•   Column Z: Enter the Project Demographic Distribution Secondary Populations
    Served, if applicable
•   Column AA: If selecting a population needing specification, enter that specific
    population
•   Column AB: Enter the Project Demographic Distribution Additional Populations
    Served
•   Column AC: Enter a brief description of structure and objectives of assistance
    program(s), including public health or negative economic impact experienced

                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            59
        •   Column AD: Enter a brief description of recipient’s approach to ensuring that
            response is reasonable and proportional to a public health or negative economic
            impact of Covid-19, as described in the final rule
        •   Column AE: For project in EC 7.3 only, enter estimated funds for administrative and
            legal expense
        •   Column AF: For project in EC 7.3 only, enter actual funds for administrative and legal
            expense
        •   Column AG: For project in EC 7.3 only, enter a description for administrative and
            legal expense
        •   Column AH: For project in EC 7.3 only, enter an explanation for administrative and
            legal expense
        •   Column AI: Does this project have earned program income that would be reported,
            this would be a yes or no question
        •   Column AJ: Enter the program income earned on project after December 31, 2024
        •   Column AK: Enter the program income obligated by the deadline and reported after
            December 31, 2024
        •   Column AL: enter the program income expanded of the amount earned after
            December 31, 2024
        •   Column AM: enter the program income obligated on the project on the amount
            earned after December 31, 2024
     2) Upload the Project Entry and Status template, in this case the template for EC 1.8, 2.29-
        2.33, separately as a .csv file by using the respective Upload button on the screen or
        dropping the files in this view.
     3) Once all of the above information is entered, click Add Project. Click the Next button to
        proceed to the following screen.
Refer to Appendix B for additional information related to the bulk file upload process

i)   Subawards, Direct Payments, Contracts, and Interagency Agreements (IAA)
The Subrecipients, Beneficiaries, Contractors, and Interagency Agreements (IAA) Profile
documents the information about each subrecipient, contractor, part of government, or beneficiary
that has received at least one Subaward, Contract, IAA, or Direct Payment obligation of federal
funding greater than or equal to $50,000 to execute projects supporting the SLFRF program. A
recipient can report an obligation for an amount of less than $50,000 in the case of an IAA. Please
note that projects entered under EC 6.1 Provision of Government Services and EC 6.2 Non-
Federal Match for Other Federal Programs are not required to enter Subrecipient, Subaward, or
Expenditures (for a subaward) information. Please see Final Rule FAQ 13.14 for more
information.
In addition, individual persons receiving direct payment of federal funds are not required to be
reported in this module. They should be reported in aggregate under the Payments to Individuals
section of the Expenditures module.
The Subrecipients, Beneficiaries, Contractors and IAA module allows users to enter data
manually or leverage the bulk file upload capability. For bulk-upload instructions specific to this
submodule, see Appendix B. You can download the bulk file template for use in submitting the

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          60
required data via bulk upload. When ready to submit the data, use the upload button (see Figure
IV – 37).




                         Figure IV - 37 Subrecipient/Beneficiaries Bulk Upload Icon

               Note: When using the bulk file upload capability, the Subrecipient bulk
               upload must be completed prior to beginning the data entry for the
               Subawards module.

If you choose to individually enter records, follow the instructions below.
   1) Enter the Entity Type you are creating a record for. This can be Subrecipient, Contractor,
      Beneficiary, and/or IAA (in the case of a part of government receiving funds under an
      interagency agreement). At least one type must be chosen. Up to four may be specified.
   2) Enter the relevant Subrecipient, Beneficiary, Contractor, or IAA information in each of
      the required fields (see Figure IV - 38). Recipients must enter a Unique Entity Identifier
      (UEI) for subrecipients. Recipients are not required to provide a UEI for Contractors or
      agencies, departments, or parts of government which receive funds pursuant to IAAs.
      Recipients only need to provide the TIN for Beneficiaries. Recipients must maintain
      procedures for obtaining information evidencing a given beneficiary, subrecipient, or
      contractor’s eligibility, including ensuring that subrecipients and contractors are in good
      standing in accordance with paragraph (H) of Appendix II of Part 200 of the Uniform
      Guidance. Those subrecipients reported without a UEI will require the recipients to
      select a justification for the missing UEI for the report subrecipient. The justifications are
      as follows:
              • Subrecipient facing delay in obtaining UEI from the U.S. General Services
                  Administration
              • Recipient was delayed in collecting a UEI from its subrecipient due to
                  recipient’s internal control issue and recipient must describe the internal
                  control issue and planned corrective action
              • Recipient was unable to contact subrecipient; services the subrecipient
                  provided were completed after April 4, 2022 and the recipient is continuing to
                  work to collect its subrecipient’s UEI
              • Recipient was unable to contact subrecipients; services the subrecipient
                  provided were completed prior to April 4, 2022
       Note: Recipients should be aware that the federal government transitioned from the use
       of DUNS starting in April 2022. Active SAM.gov registrants will have their UEI assigned
       and viewable within SAM.gov.




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           61
            Figure IV - 38 Manually Create a Subrecipient, Contractor, Beneficiary, or IAA

3) Enter the address information for the Subrecipients, Beneficiaries, Contractors, or IAAs
   (in the case of parts of government receiving funds under IAAs). If a country other than
   the United States of America is selected, the State and Zip fields will become optional.
   For IAAs, the address used would be the other agency’s address.
4) If the subrecipient is not registered in SAM.Gov, select “No” from the picklist. Two
   additional questions will populate the space below (see Figure IV - 39).




                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           62
Figure IV - 39 Sam.gov Questions for Subrecipients, Contractors, Beneficiaries, and Parts of Government Receiving
                                               Funds Under IAAs

   5) If the subrecipient’s five most highly compensated executives received 80% or more of
      its annual gross revenue from Federal procurement contracts (and subcontracts) and
      Federal financial assistance subject to the Transparency Act, as defined at 2 CFR
      170.320 (and subawards), AND received $25 million or more of its annual gross
      revenue from Federal procurement contracts (and subcontracts) and Federal financial
      assistance subject to the Transparency Act, as defined at 2 CFR 170.320 (and
      subawards), an additional question will appear (see Figure IV - 40).




Figure IV - 40 Additional SAM.gov questions for Subrecipients, Contractors, Beneficiaries, and Parts of Government
                                          Receiving Funds Under IAAs

   6) Select “Yes” if the total compensation for the subrecipient’s five highest paid officers is
      publicly listed or otherwise listed in SAM.Gov and move on to step 7 below.
   7) Select “No” if the total compensation for the subrecipient’s five highest paid officers is
      not publicly listed or otherwise listed in SAM.Gov. Enter the name(s) of the officer(s) in
      the chart that will appear (see Figure IV - 41) and the total compensation received by
      each. If fewer than five (5) officers exist, enter “N/A” and $0 in the empty field(s).




                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                      63
     Figure IV - 41 Five Highest Paid Officers for Subrecipients, Contractors, Beneficiaries, and Parts of Government
                                               Receiving Funds Under IAAs

      8) At the bottom of the page, click the Create Subrecipient icon to complete the
         Subrecipient record and return to Subrecipient screen.
      9) Subrecipients, Contractors, Beneficiaries, or IAAs (in the case of parts of government
         receiving funds under IAAs) entered the system are shown at the bottom portion of the
         screen (see Figure IV - 42).




                         Figure IV - 42 Subrecipients, Contractors, IAA or Beneficiaries Entered

j)    Subawards, Direct Payments, or IAAs

The Subawards, Direct Payments, or IAAs section allows recipients to enter the required
information regarding Subawards or Direct Payment of federal funding greater than or equal to
$50,000 for all direct payments, subawards, and contracts made by your organization under
SLFRF. A recipient can report an obligation for an amount of less than $50,000 in the case of an
IAA. Please note that projects entered under EC 6.1 Provision of Government Services and EC
6.2 Non-federal match for other Federal Programs are not required to enter Subrecipient,
Subaward, or Expenditures (for a subaward) information. Please see Final Rule FAQ 13.14 for
more information.
The Subawards or Direct Payments module allows users to enter data manually or leverage the
bulk file upload capability. For bulk-upload instructions specific to this submodule, see Appendix
B. You can download the bulk template using the provided link in Treasury’s Portal before using
the upload button (see Figures IV - 43 and IV - 44).


                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                        64
                                 Figure IV - 43 Subaward Bulk Upload (1)




                                Figure IV – 44 Subaward Bulk Upload (2)

               Note: Subaward bulk upload can only be completed after Project and
               Subrecipient bulk entries are completed.

If you choose to individually enter records, follow the instructions below.
   1) Enter the following fields pertaining to the Subawards or Direct Payments (see Figure IV
      – 45):
         • Project Name from picklist
         • Subrecipient or Direct Payment Recipient Name from the picklist
         • Entity Type for the Award
                  i. The recipient must define here what role the subrecipient or direct payee
                      is receiving the award as: Subrecipient, Contractor, Beneficiary, or IAA (in
                      the case of a part of government receiving funds under an interagency
                      agreement).

         • Subaward Number
         • Subaward type
         • Subaward Amount (Obligation)
         • Subaward Date
         • Period of Performance Start
         • Period of Performance End
         • Brief description of Subaward and its underlying eligible use
         • Place of Performance Address, City, State, and Zip
         • Brief description of Subaward and its underlying eligible use
   2) Select the Subaward Type from the drop-down picklist:

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         65
       •   Contract: Purchase order
       •   Contract: Delivery order
       •   Contract: Blanket Purchase Agreement
       •   Contract: Definitive contract
       •   Grant: Lump sum Payment(s)
       •   Grant: Reimbursable
       •   Loan - Maturity prior to 12/31/26 with planned forgiveness
       •   Loan - Maturity prior to 12/31/26 without planned forgiveness
       •   Loan - Maturity past 12/31/26 with planned forgiveness
       •   Loan - Maturity past 12/31/26 without planned forgiveness
       •   Direct Payment
       •   Transfer: Lump Sum Payment(s)
       •   Transfer: Reimbursable
       •   Interagency Agreement (IAA)
       Note for loans: Loan maturity date will be required.




                              Figure IV – 45 Subaward Reporting

3) Click Create Subaward to establish the Subaward record. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to
   create additional Subaward records. If subaward amount is edited, a field will appear
   asking for an explanation for why it was edited.
4) Subawards entered into the system are shown at the bottom portion of the screen (see
   Figure IV - 46).




                     Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                        Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                      66
                                    Figure IV - 46 Subaward Entered

Note:

For projects with the IAA subaward type, recipients will be required to attest that the agreement
meets the following requirements:

   1. It sets forth specific requirements, such as a scope of work and project deliverables;
   2. It is signed by the parties to the agreement, or otherwise evidences that each party has
      assented to the agreement; and
   3. It does not disclaim any binding effect or state that it does not create rights or
      obligations.

The recipient must also indicate which of the following criteria the IAA satisfies:

   •    It imposes conditions on the use of funds by the agency, department, or part of
        government receiving funds to carry out the program,
   •    It governs the provision of funds from one agency, department, or part of government to
        another to carry out an eligible use of SLFRF funds, or
   •    It governs the procurement of goods or services by one agency, department, or part of
        government from another

For projects with Direct Payments involving personnel costs to be expended in 2025 and 2026
for positions established and filled by December 31, 2024, recipients may report an estimate of
such expenses and retain funds that they would otherwise have to return to Treasury after 2024
as unobligated. See SLFRF FAQs 17.7 and 17.8 for additional details about determining this
amount and preparing the estimate. Recipients should only report an estimate if funds are not
obligated for those personnel costs through another mechanism, such as through a subaward,
contract, or interagency agreement. For each project’s reported obligation, the estimate must be
limited to estimated personnel costs associated with the individual project and may not include
estimated costs associated with other projects.

For this estimate, recipients will be asked to report:
   • Estimated personnel expenditures in 2025 and 2026**
   • Current period expenditures pursuant to the estimate*
   • Cumulative expenditures pursuant to the estimate*
   • Total expenditures exceeding the estimate*
   • Total reported obligation pursuant to the estimate*
   • Reason for expenditures exceeding the estimate (if applicable)*
   • Number of full-time-equivalent (FTE) positions for which funds are obligated**
   • Explanation of how the estimate was determined**
                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         67
   •   Brief description of the job categories covered by the estimate**

* Figures denoted by an asterisk (*) will be zero in the Q2-Q4 2024 reporting periods.
** Figures denoted by two asterisks (**) will be locked for editing after the applicable reporting
period covering obligations through December 31, 2024.

For projects with a Contract subaward type and for which the contract expressly provides for
change orders or contract contingencies, recipients may use SLFRF funds to cover cost
increases attributable to a contract entered into by December 31, 2024, if the contract expressly
provides for change orders or contract contingencies. For such contracts, a recipient may report
an estimate of the amount that may be necessary to cover changes or contingencies in 2025
and 2026 and retain funds that they would otherwise have to return to Treasury after 2024 as
unobligated. The estimate must be limited to estimated costs associated with change orders or
contingencies for the contract(s) associated with the individual project reported, and may not
cover expected costs associated with other contracts reported under separate projects.

For this estimate, recipients will be asked to report:
   • Estimated expenditures to cover contract change orders and contingencies in 2025 and
        2026**
   • Current period expenditures pursuant to the estimate*
   • Cumulative expenditures pursuant to the estimate*
   • Total expenditures exceeding estimate*
   • Total reported obligations pursuant to estimate*
   • Reason for expenditures exceeding the estimate (if applicable)*
   • Explanation of how the estimate was determined**

* Figures denoted by an asterisk (*) will be zero in the Q2-Q4 2024 reporting periods.
** Figures denoted by two asterisks (**) will be locked for editing after the applicable reporting
period covering obligations through December 31, 2024.

k) Expenditures
In the Expenditures tab, recipients will provide information for each contract, grant awarded,
loan issued, transfer made to other government entities, or direct payment greater than or equal
to $50,000. Additionally, aggregate reporting is required for contracts, grants, transfers made to
other government entities, loans, and direct payments that are less than $50,000. For parts of
government receiving funds under IAAs, the obligations and expenditures will be reflected in the
expenditure amount section that is based on the amount.

As mentioned above, obligations and expenditures made directly to individuals, regardless of
dollar amount, should be included in aggregate reporting.

If aggregated expenditures linked to a project equal the total Expenditures reported for that
project, the Expenditures status box on the My Projects screen is changed to ‘Complete’.
Please note that projects entered under EC 6.1 Provision of Government Services and EC 6.2
Non-federal match for other Federal Programs are not required to enter Subrecipient,
Subaward, or Expenditures (for a subaward) information. Please see Final Rule FAQ 13.14 for
more information.


                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               68
The Expenditures reporting module allows users to enter data manually or leverage the bulk file
upload capability. For bulk-upload instructions specific to this submodule, see Appendix B.
If you do not use the bulk upload function, follow the steps listed below.
   1) To report new expenditures under a specific subaward, enter the subaward number.
      The Project Name associated with the subaward will auto populate.
   2) Enter the following:
          • Expenditure Start Date
          • Expenditure End Date
          • Expenditure Amount
   3) Enter narrative for Administrative Costs, if applicable.
   4) Click the Create Expenditure button to submit the record. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to
      report additional sub-award expenditures. Proceed to the next segment once all sub-
      award expenditures are reported.

a. Expenditures for Awards Greater Than or Equal To $50,000
For expenditures for awards greater than or equal to $50,000, fill out the “Expenditures for
Awards > $50,000” box (see Figure IV - 47). Project name and subaward will be selected to link
each expenditure to the appropriate entries. Note that the Project name is automatically
identified based on the associated Subaward No. entered. Once the information has been
entered, click the Create Expenditure button on the bottom left of the box.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         69
                                 Figure IV - 47 Expenditures > $50,000

Alternatively, the Expenditures for Awards greater than $50,000 bulk upload template may be
used and uploaded with the relevant information.
b. Aggregate Expenditures for Awards Less than $50,000
For expenditures for awards less than $50,000, fill out the “Aggregate Expenditures < $50,000”
box (see Figure IV - 48). Select the project name from the picklist, enter the subaward type, total
period obligation amount, and total period expenditure amount. Once the information has been
entered, click the Create Expenditure button on the bottom left of the box. Note that no
Subaward is necessary for Aggregate Expenditures for awards less than $50,000.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           70
                   Figure IV - 48 Aggregated Expenditures for Awards Less than $50,000

Aggregate subaward types available for selection are as follows.

   •   Aggregate of Contracts Awarded
   •   Aggregate of Grants Awarded
   •   Aggregate of Loans Issued
   •   Aggregate of Transfers
   •   Aggregate of Direct Payments
Alternatively, the Aggregate Expenditures for Awards less than $50,000 bulk upload template
may be used and uploaded with the relevant information.
c. Payments to Individuals
For disbursements to individuals, recipients should complete the “Payments to Individuals” box
(see Figure IV - 49) with expenditure information. Once this information has been entered, click
the Create Expenditure button on the bottom left of the box.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         71
                                 Figure IV - 49 Payments to Individuals

Alternatively, the Payments to Individuals bulk upload template may be used and uploaded with
the relevant information. Note the need to manually identify the Project Name as no Subaward
is necessary for Payments to Individuals.
Once entries are complete, click the Next button on the bottom right of the page. This will bring
recipients to the Report tab.
l)   Tax Offset Provision (Only for States and U.S. Territories)
States and U.S. Territories must complete the tax offset reporting fields as outlined below and in
Section C (11) of the Reporting Guidance.
For each reporting year, in the quarterly reporting cycle occurring 90 days after the end of the
recipient’s fiscal year, States and U.S. territories will report certain items related to the Tax
Offset Provision. For example, if a recipient’s fiscal year ends September 30, 2022, reporting on
the Tax Offset Provision for fiscal year 2022 will be due in January 2023. Tax offset reporting
for FY21 is closed. If you need to make updates to your previously reported information, please
contact SLFRF@treasury.gov. The requested fiscal year for the January 2023 reporting period
is fiscal year 2022, for recipients with a fiscal year end date of September 30, 2022.
As indicated in the final rule, Treasury is implementing a tiered approach to reporting on the Tax
Offset Provision, which is described below. Although Treasury is implementing a tiered
approach to reporting, recipients should maintain records to support their compliance with the
Tax Offset Provision.
The terms “reporting year,” “baseline,” “covered change,” “covered period,” “net reduction in
total spending,” and “tax revenue” are defined in the final rule, 31 CFR § 35.3. For purposes of
calculating a net reduction in total spending, total spending for the fiscal year ending 2019
                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          72
should be reported on an inflation-adjusted basis, consistent with the final rule. Similarly, for
purposes of calculating baseline tax revenue, tax revenue for the fiscal year 2019 should be
reported on an inflation-adjusted basis, consistent with the final rule.
For purposes of reporting actual tax revenue for the requested fiscal year and baseline tax
revenue for the fiscal year ending 2019, (a) if available, recipients should report information
using audited financials and (b) recipients may provide data on a cash, accrual, or modified
accrual basis, but must be consistent in their approach across all reporting periods. Similarly, for
purposes of calculating a net reduction in total spending, recipients should report data using
audited financials where available.
Recipients will first answer a series of summary questions to determine the tiering of their tax
offset reporting: Depending on your answers to these questions, the portal will reveal fields
needed in five sections, referred to as parts, using the following logic. The requested fiscal year
for the January 2023 reporting period is fiscal year 2022, for recipients with a fiscal year end
date of September 30, 2022. See Figure IV – 50.

   •   Q1: Do you have revenue-reducing covered change(s) to report for the requested fiscal
       year and for future fiscal years?
           o If no, recipients have no further reporting requirements in the tax offset section.
           o If yes, recipients will complete part 1 and additional fields.
   •   Q2: Is the aggregate value of your revenue-reducing covered change(s) for the
       requested fiscal year less than the de minimis?
           o If yes, recipients will complete parts 1 and 2, and no further reporting is required
               in the tax offset section.
           o If no, recipients will complete parts 1, 2 and additional fields.
   •   Q3: Do you have a reduction in net tax revenue for the requested fiscal year, meaning
       that actual tax revenue for the requested fiscal year is less than baseline tax revenue?
           o If yes, recipients will complete parts 1, 2, and 3 and additional fields.
           o If no, recipients will complete parts 1, 2, and 3, and no further reporting is
               required in the tax offset section.
   •   Q4: Do you have revenue-increasing covered change(s) and/or covered spending cuts
       to report for the requested fiscal year?
           o If yes, recipients will complete parts 1, 2, 3, and 4.
           o If no, recipients will complete the Revenue Reduction Cap part 5 in addition to
               parts 1, 2, and 3.




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              73
                                   Figure IV - 50 Tax Offset Provision Screen

1) Reporting Part 1: Revenue-Reducing Covered Changes (Figure IV - 51)
For each reporting year, a recipient must report the value of covered changes that the recipient
predicts will have the effect of reducing tax revenue in a given reporting year (revenue-reducing
covered changes), similar to the way it would in the ordinary course of its budgeting process.
The value of these revenue-reducing covered changes may be reported based on estimated
values produced by a budget model, incorporating reasonable assumptions, that aligns with the
recipient government’s existing approach for measuring the effects of fiscal policies, and that
measures relative to a current law baseline. The revenue-reducing covered changes may also
be reported based on actual values using a statistical methodology to isolate the change in
year-over-year revenue attributable to the covered change(s), relative to the current law
baseline prior to the change(s). Estimation approaches should not use dynamic methodologies
that incorporate the projected effects of the policies on macroeconomic growth. In general and
where possible, reported values should be produced by the agency of the recipient government
responsible for estimating the costs and effects of fiscal policy changes. Recipients must
maintain records regarding the identification and predicted effects of revenue-reducing covered
changes.
       a. If no, a recipient has no revenue-reducing covered changes to report, no additional
          reporting is required.
       b. If yes, complete the grid or upload the spreadsheet with the name of each revenue-
          reducing covered change and the value of the revenue-reducing covered change for
                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          74
           FY21 through FY27. Please note that Tax offset reporting for FY21 is closed.
           Recipients will not be able to enter covered changes for FY21. If you need to make
           updates to your previously reported information, please contact
           SLFRF@treasury.gov.

           The statute defines ‘covered period’ to run through the last day of the fiscal year in
           which all funds received have been expended or returned to, or recovered by, the
           Secretary of the Treasury. The grid/template will allow users to enter covered
           changes through FY27; recipients who need to report for later fiscal years may do so
           in coordination with Treasury.




                          Figure IV – 51 Revenue-Reducing Covered Changes

2) Reporting Part 2: Baseline Revenue and De Minimis Threshold (Figure IV- 52)
Baseline Revenue: Recipients must determine whether the aggregate value of the revenue-
reducing covered changes in the reporting year is less than one percent of baseline revenue
(the de minimis threshold). Baseline has the meaning defined in the final rule, 31 CFR 35.3.
a. Enter Baseline Revenue in the system table. The system will auto calculate the de minimis
   threshold, aggregate value of revenue-reducing covered changes, and indicate if the
   aggregate value of the Revenue-Reducing Covered Change(s) for the requested fiscal year
   is less than one percent of Baseline Revenue.
   • If the aggregate value of the recipient’s revenue-reducing covered changes in the
        reporting year is less than the de minimis threshold, then no additional reporting is
        required.

                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          75
   •   If the aggregate value of the recipient’s revenue-reducing covered changes in the
       reporting year is greater than the de minimis threshold, then recipient must complete
       part 3.




                       Figure IV - 52 Baseline Revenue and De Minimis Threshold

3) Reporting Part 3: Actual Tax Revenue and Reduction in Net Tax Revenue (Figure IV - 53)
Actual tax revenue is the tax revenue received by the recipient government in the reporting year.
Tax revenue has the meaning defined in the final rule, 31 CFR 35.3.
The reduction in net tax revenue is equal to baseline revenue minus actual tax revenue in each
reporting year. If this value is zero or negative, there is no reduction in net tax revenue.
a. Enter Actual Tax Revenue for the requested fiscal year in the system table. The system will
   auto calculate whether there has been a reduction in net tax revenue and indicate if actual
   tax revenue is equal to or greater than baseline revenue.
   • If a recipient’s actual tax revenue is equal to or greater than baseline revenue, then no
       additional reporting is necessary.
   • If it a recipient’s actual tax revenue is less than baseline revenue, then recipient must
       complete part 4.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          76
                   Figure IV - 53 Actual Tax Revenue and Reduction in Net Tax Revenue

4) Reporting Part 4: Revenue-increasing Covered Changes and Covered Spending Cuts
   (Figure IV- 54)
Revenue-increasing Covered Changes: If a recipient has revenue-reducing covered changes,
the aggregate value of which exceed the de minimis threshold, and its actual tax revenue does
not exceed baseline tax revenue, a recipient must report the value of covered changes that
have had or that the recipient predicts will have the effect of increasing tax revenue in a given
reporting year (revenue-increasing covered changes), similar to the way it would in the ordinary
course of its budgeting process. The value of these revenue-increasing covered changes may
be reported based on estimated values produced by a budget model, incorporating reasonable
assumptions, that aligns with the recipient’s existing approach for measuring the effects of fiscal
policies, and that measures relative to a current law baseline. The revenue-increasing covered
changes may also be reported based on actual values using a statistical methodology to isolate
the change in year-over-year revenue attributable to the revenue-increasing covered change(s),
relative to the current law baseline prior to the change(s). Estimation approaches should not use
dynamic methodologies that incorporate the projected effects of the policies on macroeconomic
growth. In general and where possible, reporting should be produced by the agency of the
recipient responsible for estimating the costs and effects of fiscal policy changes. Recipients
should maintain records regarding revenue-increasing covered changes and estimates of such
changes.



                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           77
Covered Spending Cuts: Recipients may cut spending in certain areas to pay for revenue-
reducing covered changes, up to the amount of the recipient’s net reduction in total spending.
To calculate the amount of spending cuts that are available to offset a reduction in tax revenue,
the recipient must first consider whether there has been a reduction in total net spending,
excluding Fiscal Recovery Funds (net reduction in total spending). As defined in the Final Rule,
35 CFR 35.3, net reduction in total spending is measured as the recipient government’s total
spending for a given reporting year excluding Fiscal Recovery Funds, subtracted from its total
spending for its fiscal year ending in 2019, adjusted for inflation using the Bureau of Economic
Analysis’s Implicit Price Deflator for the gross domestic product of the United States for that
reporting year. If that calculation yields a positive value, there has been a net reduction in total
spending; if it yields zero or a negative value, there has not been a net reduction in total
spending. If there has been no net reduction in total spending, a recipient will have no spending
cuts to offset a reduction in net tax revenue.
Next, a recipient must determine and aggregate the value of spending cuts in each “reporting
unit.” “Reporting units” are departments, agencies, or authorities of the recipient’s government.
For each reporting unit, the recipient must report (1) the amount of the reduction in spending in
the reporting unit for the reporting year relative to its inflation-adjusted FY 2019 level, (2) the
amount of any Fiscal Recovery Funds spent in the reporting unit in the reporting year, and (3)
the amount by which the reduction in spending in the reporting year exceeds the Fiscal
Recovery funds spent in the reporting unit in the reporting year. If a recipient has not spent
amounts received from the Fiscal Recovery Funds in a reporting unit, the full amount of the
reduction in spending counts as a covered spending cut and may be included in the aggregate
value of spending cuts. If the recipient has spent amounts received from the Fiscal Recovery
Funds, such amounts generally would be deemed to have replaced the amount of spending cut,
and only reductions in spending above the amount of Fiscal Recovery Funds spent on the
reporting unit would be eligible to offset a reduction in net tax revenue. Only such amounts
above the amount of Fiscal Recovery Funds spent on the reporting unit should be included in
the aggregate value of spending cuts.
To align with existing reporting and accounting, the Final Rule considers the department,
agency, or authority from which spending has been cut and whether the recipient government
has spent amounts received from the Fiscal Recovery Funds on that same department, agency,
or authority. Some commenters on the interim final rule argued that the methodology for
identifying offsetting spending cuts at the department, agency, or authority level was too
restrictive, but as discussed in the final rule, Treasury maintained the approach of requiring this
reporting at the department, agency, or authority level. Recipients are encouraged to define
reporting units in a manner consistent with their existing budget process and should, to the
extent possible, report using the same reporting unit in each reporting year. Spending cuts must
be reported relative to FY 2019 spending levels, adjusted for inflation, and excluding Fiscal
Recovery Funds from reporting year spending levels. Recipients should maintain records
regarding spending cuts.
a. Complete grid or upload spreadsheet with the name of each revenue-increasing covered
   change and the value; enter in the aggregate value of revenue-increasing covered
   change(s).
b. Complete grid or upload spreadsheet of specific spending cuts and the corresponding
   “reporting unit”, including the name of the reporting unit, description of the spending cut, the
   amount of the reduction in spending in the reporting unit for the reporting year relative to its
                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           78
   inflation-adjusted FY 2019 level, the amount of any Fiscal Recovery Funds spent in the
   reporting unit in the reporting year, and the amount by which the reduction in spending in the
   reporting unit in the reporting year exceeds the Fiscal Recovery Funds spent in the reporting
   unit in the reporting year, if at all. Enter the aggregate value of covered spending cuts.

c. Enter the net reduction in total spending for the fiscal years shown in the system table.
In the actual tax revenue and reduction in net tax revenue table, the system will auto calculate
the values shown.
   •   If the aggregate value of revenue-reducing covered changes minus the total of
       (aggregate value of revenue-increasing changes + aggregate value of covered spending
       cuts) is negative or equal to zero, the system will indicate that no additional reporting is
       required.
   •   If the amount is positive, the system will indicate the need to review part 5.




             Figure IV - 54 Revenue-increasing Covered Changes and Covered Spending Cuts (1)




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          79
             Figure IV - 55 Revenue-increasing Covered Changes and Covered Spending Cuts (2)

5) Reporting Part 5: Revenue Reduction Cap (Figure IV - 56)
The “revenue reduction cap,” along with the calculation in Part 3, ensures that recipient
governments can use organic revenue growth to offset the cost of revenue-reducing covered
changes. If, based on the calculations completed so far, a recipient has not yet demonstrated
how its revenue-reducing covered changes were offset by non-SLFRF sources, the reporting
portal will auto-calculate the revenue reduction cap, which will be the lesser of the following two
amounts:
   •   Reduction in Net Tax Revenue (baseline tax revenue minus actual tax revenue)
   •   Aggregate Value of revenue-reducing covered changes minus (total of (aggregate value
       of revenue-increasing changes + aggregate value of covered spending cuts). The
       system will auto populate the fields shown in the table based on previous entries and
       confirm the recipient’s revenue reduction cap for the fiscal years shown.
                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           80
                                Figure IV – 56 Revenue Reduction Cap

m) Official Certification
On this screen, the Authorized Representative for Reporting (ARR) will be asked to certify
information pertaining to the Project and Expenditure Report. By certifying this submission, the
ARR is confirming that all reported information is accurate and approved for submission (see
Figure IV - 57).
Users who are not designated as an ARR will not be able to certify and submit.
   1. Initially when you enter the screen you will have the below question pop-up asking if the
      SLFRF funding has been fully spent and if the recipient is ready to close out, but only if
      the report is reflecting that 100% of the allocated funding has been expended. This is a
      ‘Yes’ or ‘No’ question for informational purposes only and continued reporting is still
      required. Based on the response additional information will be provided.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          81
                                Figure IV - 57 Close out question

2. On the Certification screen, validate that the review section project overview status is
   free of system identified errors. Figure IV - 58 indicates that an error has been identified
   with the expenditure status. Figure IV – 59 shows a clean status, and the system will
   allow submission of the report. Also, on the Certification screen there will be a
   calculation field that will show the remaining allocated funds that need to be obligated
   prior to the December 31, 2024 deadline based on the Allocation Amount.




                        Figure IV - 58 Project Overview Status with Errors




                     Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                        Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           82
                       Figure IV - 59 Project Overview Status with No Errors

3. Federal Audit Clearinghouse (FAC) questions will now be available for the recipient to
   provide information based on their status in these categories. These do not apply to all
   recipients but are encouraged for all to review. The questions will be based on all federal
   awarded funds by fiscal year (see Figure IV - 60).




                           Figure IV - 60 Federal Audit Clearing (FAC)

4. Alternative Compliance Examination Engagement (ACEE) questions will now be
   available for the recipient to provide information based on their status in these
   categories. These do not apply to all recipients but are encouraged for all to review. For
   certain entities that may be new to expending more than $1,000,000 in federal award
   funds (for recipient fiscal years that began on or after October 1, 2024), Treasury
   together with the Office of Management and Budget and other stakeholders developed
   the Alternative Compliance Examination Engagement (ACEE). Once those criteria are
   met, they will be provided a hyperlink at the bottom of the screen to direct them to the
   ACEE website to file the ACEE report (see Figure IV - 61).
       • If all responses are “Yes”, the recipient will have a “Draft” ACEE report generated
           where they are able to upload their documents to.
                  1. This section will be available in the Portal and can be accessed outside
                      of the reporting period.
                  2. The Recipient will need to navigate to this section and upload their
                      documents and submit.

                     Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                        Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          83
       •   If the response is “No” to any of the questions, there will not be a ACEE
           generated and the recipient should contact the SLFRF@treasury.gov to request
           a “Draft” ACEE to be created




               Figure IV - 61 Alternative Compliance Examination Engagement (ACEE)

5. The Certifier’s Name, Title, Telephone Number, and E-Mail Address will be presented on
   screen for review.
6. Allow the Certifying Official to review all prior screens and entries to verify accuracy of
   the inputted record.




                                Figure IV - 62 Official Certification



                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         84
7. Verify information included in Figure IV – 62 and confirm that the values presented are
   as expected based on the information included or uploaded in previous screens.
8. When certifying and submitting the report, a confirmation box will appear asking if the
   recipient is sure it wants to submit (see Figure IV - 63).




                               Figure IV - 63 Submission Verification

9. A confirmation box may also appear with additional certification language depending on
   the programmatic data inputs in the user’s report. Figure IV-64 shows an example of
   project-dependent certification language.




                   Figure IV - 64 Submission Verification with Additional Language

10. Once all of the information is validated, click the Submit button to complete the entry.




                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             85
Section V.     Editing and Revising Your Data
This section provides instructions for recipients who seek to provide updates or revisions to
information submitted as part of previous Project and Expenditure Reports. Please note that,
unless initiated by Treasury staff, recipients will not have the ability to make any edits to
submitted reports after the report deadline. All edits or changes must be reflected in the next
available report.
There are two ways to edit Project and Expenditure Report data:

•   Manual Entry – using the Treasury Portal’s web-based forms to edit or change fields
    individually.
•   Bulk Upload – using the bulk upload functionality in the different report modules to upload a
    file that updates many different existing records at one time.

a) Manual Entry

1) Projects
To edit data on the Project Overview page, recipients should click on the icon for the project
under the “Project Status” column. See figure V - 1




                                    Figure V- 1 Official Certification

Doing so will reopen the “Edit Project” window whereby edits or changes can be entered into the
available fields (see Figure V-2). Recipients must SAVE the project for the edits or changes to
be accepted.




                                    Figure V- 2 Edit Project Window



                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             86
Recipients also have the ability to delete any new projects that have been created during the
current reporting cycle by clicking the “Delete Project” button in the “Edit Project” window.
Deleting a project will automatically also delete any subawards and/or expenditure records
associated with the project.
Note: Recipients will NOT be able to delete projects submitted as part of prior reports. In order
to remove SLFRF funding from a previously reported project, recipients must follow the steps
below:

       a. In the project’s Status to Completion field, select “Cancelled”.
       b. Edit the project’s Total Cumulative Obligations and Total Cumulative Expenditures to
          be $0.00.
       c. Make corresponding edits to any associated Subawards by editing the “Subaward
          Amount (Obligation)” field to equal $0.00.
       d. Create offsetting entries for any associated Expenditures or Aggregate
          Obligations/Expenditures so that the balance of expenditures equals $0.00.

2) Subrecipient/Contractors/Beneficiaries/IAA
Recipients also have the ability to edit previously entered
Subrecipient/Beneficiary/Contractor/IAA information by clicking on the “View/Edit” button as
displayed in Figure V-3 below.




                                 Figure V- 3 Edit Subrecipient Information

Recipients will be able to edit identifiers such as the UEI. Subrecipient identifying information,
including UEI, should entered or updated, as DUNS numbers are no longer being used as a
valid identifier.


3) Subaward/Direct Payment
Similarly, for editing previously entered Subaward/Direct Payments data, recipients will need to
click on the “Show Information” button for a particular record.
Please note that editing the “Subaward Amount (Obligations)” field will trigger a requirement to
provide a written explanation for the change. The explanation field should briefly explain the
nature of the underlying change.
4) Expenditures



                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               87
Starting with the July 2022 report, records created in the Expenditures module during prior
reporting periods are not editable. Recipients will need to make any changes to the total amount
of obligation or expenditure by creating new records for the current reporting period in either
positive or negative amounts.


b) Bulk Upload
Similar to bulk uploading new data (as described in Appendix B), recipients have the ability to
edit multiple records at one time by using the bulk upload templates for the Projects Overview,
Subrecipient/Beneficiary/Contractor/IAA, and Subaward/Direct Payments modules.
The steps to make these edits using bulk upload templates are as follows:
1) Populate the identifier field in the relevant Bulk Upload Template for the records you want to
   edit. Make sure that in each template, the identifiers correspond with records that currently
   exist in the system. You can use the ‘Download as CSV” function below every module to
   easily view your record’s identifiers in Excel. The unique identifier for each module is as
   follows:
   • Project Overview: “Project ID”
   • Subrecipient/Beneficiary/Contractor: “ID”
   • Subaward/Direct Payments: “Subaward ID”
   Note: as described above, Expenditure records created in past reporting periods will not be
   editable in the current Project and Expenditure report. New records need to be created,
   entering either positive or negative values, to change the total amounts.
2) Once the identifier is populated for the records you want to edit, fill in the rest of template
   both with fields that are being edited, and fields that are not changing. IMPORTANT: Editing
   with bulk upload replaces data in the entire record, not just the fields you want to edit. So, if
   you leave any fields blank in your upload template, they will be blank in the system.
3) After completing the bulk upload template that includes edits, upload the file normally based
   on the modules you are uploading for. The instructions are as described in Appendix B.
   Validate your data to ensure it is accurate and can be uploaded.
4) After uploading your edits, check your records within Treasury’s Portal to ensure data was
   uploaded correctly. Edits can subsequently be made manually as well if additional changes
   need to be made.




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           88
Appendix A – Designating SLFRF Points of Contact by SLFRF Account Administrators
This section provides a brief instruction for SLFRF Account Administrators on accessing
Treasury’s Portal to provide the names and contact information of officials to be designated as
your organization’s points of contact for the SLFRF award(s). The following pages provide step-
by-step guidance. See FAQ Section B for commonly asked questions/answers on this topic.
Note- the screens noted below may be subject to change.
Section A: Instructions
Step 1
You must be registered in the ID.me or Login.gov system to access Treasury’s Portal. If you
have questions about registering in ID.me or Login.gov, please email SLFRF@treasury.gov.
Step 2
Once you are registered in ID.me or Login.gov, click on the link in the email you received
requesting the POC designations. If you do not have the email link, please email us via
SLFRF@treasury.gov and we will provide the link.
Step 3
The link will take you to the Treasury Portal “State, Local, and Tribal Support” landing page as
shown below. Once on that page, click on the Go to Your Reports button at the bottom left of
the screen, as indicated in by the red box below.




                        Figure A - 1 State, Local and Tribal Support Landing Page

Step 4
The green Go to Your Report button will take you to the Submissions and Compliance page as
shown below. Once on that page, click on the three-line navigation icon at the top left of the
screen. The red box indicates the icon.




                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         89
                                 Figure A - 2 My Compliance Reports

Step 5
After clicking on the three-line navigation icon, a drop-down menu will appear on the top left of
the screen as shown below. Please click on “Account” from the drop-down menu, as shown by
the red box below.




                                        Figure A - 3 Account

Step 6
Next you will see the screen below. Under the “Account Name” heading, click on the name of
your organization (as shown by the red box).




                                     Figure A - 4 Account Name

Step 7
By clicking the name of your organization, Treasury’s portal will open to allow you to provide
names and contact information on your organization’s designees for the SLFRF reports, as
shown below. The landing page provides basic information about the designations. Please see
section B for more details about the roles and responsibilities for each or the three roles.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          90
                                      Figure A - 5 Landing Page

Step 8
When you are ready to key in the names of the designated individuals, click on the Certification
button on the left navigation bar, as noted in the red box shown below.




                                       Figure A - 6 Certification

Step 9
On the “Official Certification of Authorization” screen, you should type in your name to indicate
you are authorized to submit the names of the designated individuals. Once you enter your
name, click on the Submit button.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           91
                                  Figure A - 7 Official Certification of Authorization

Step 10
Next, click on the Designation Form button on the left navigation bar, as noted by the red box
shown below.




                                           Figure A - 8 Designation Form

Step 11
Clicking on the Designation Form button will open the “Designation of Account Administrator,
Point of Contact for Reporting, and Authorized Representative for Reporting” screen shown
below.




 Figure A - 9 Designation of Account Administrator, Point of Contact of Reporting and Authorized Representative for
                                                     Reporting


                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                       92
You can use the Designation Form to enter the names and contact information for each of the
three designations for each of you SLFRF allocations.
The roles for the SLFRF allocations are displayed as follows:

    •   SLFRF – Account Administrator
    •   SLFRF – Point of Contact for Reporting
    •   SLFRF – Authorized Representative for Reporting
The Designation Form screen shows nine data fields for entering key information about the
individual being designated. These include:

    •   Salutation (optional)
    •   First Name
    •   Middle Name (optional)
    •   Last Name
    •   Suffix (optional)
    •   Title
    •   Phone
    •   Email
    •   Name of Entity/Organization (Recipient entity)
Note: The screen will display a list at the bottom of the screen with the names and contact
information of individuals (if any) who have previously been designated for any of the three
roles. This list will be important in maintaining and updating your organization’s designees in
the future.
a. Designation of the Account Administrator
Remember, we have temporarily authorized you as the SLFRF – Account Administrator. There
is no need to re-enter your name and contact information if you plan to continue in that role. If
you need to designate someone else as the SLFRF Account Administrator,

•   Find your name at the bottom of the screen.
•   Hit the blue Edit button located to right of your name.
•   Enter the name and contact information of the new SLFRF Account Administrator.
•   Hit the blue Complete button.

b. Designation of Point of Contact for Reporting and Authorized Representative for
   Reporting

•   Enter the next designee’s name and contact information.
•   After entering their name and required contact information, select the Program Role(s) for
    which he/she is being designated.
•   Once the role is selected, click on the small arrow to the right of the role, which will move the
    role to the box on the right.
•   Click on the Complete button at the bottom of the screen.
•   Follow the same process for each of the remaining designees.
•   When you have entered all three designations, please press the Complete button.

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            93
•   As a final step, go to the icon on the upper right of the screen as shown below to exit the
    system.




                                     Figure A - 10 Designation Form

Section B: Questions and Answers
Who is authorized to designate the Account Administrator, the Point of Contact for
Reporting, and the Authorized Representative for Reporting for my organization’s
SLFRF’s award?
Treasury requests that each SLFRF should follow its own decision-making procedures in
making the three designations for each award.
What is the deadline for making the designation?
Treasury requests that users of Treasury’s portal make the three designations as soon as
possible to enable your organization to submit required reports.
What are the responsibilities for each of the three designated roles?
The required roles are as follows:

•   Account Administrator for the SLFRF award has the administrative role of maintaining the
    names and contact information of the designated individuals for SLFRF reporting. The
    Account Administrator is also responsible for working within your organization to determine
    its designees for the roles of Point of Contact for Reporting and Authorized Representative
    for Reporting and providing their names and contact information via Treasury’s Portal. The
    Account Administrator is also responsible for making any changes or updates to the user
    roles as needed over the award period. Treasury recommends that the Account
    Administrator identify an additional individual to serve as the Account Administrator to
    provide continuity in the event of staff changes, vacations, or other absences. Finally, The
    Account Administrator has the ability to certify and submit official reports. The official reports
    may include special reports, quarterly or annual reports, interim reports, and final reports.

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             94
•   Point of Contact for Reporting is the primary contact for receiving official Treasury
    notifications about reporting on the SLFRF award, including alerts about upcoming
    reporting, requirements, and deadlines. The Point of Contact for Reporting is responsible
    for completing the SLFRF reports but cannot certify and submit these reports.

•   Authorized Representative for Reporting is responsible for certifying and submitting
    official reports on behalf of the SLFRF award recipient. Treasury will accept reports or other
    official communications only when submitted by the Authorized Representative for
    Reporting. The Authorized Representative for Reporting is also responsible for
    communications with Treasury on such matters as extension requests and amendments of
    previously submitted reports. The official reports may include special reports, monthly
    reports, quarterly reports, interim reports, and final reports.
May my organization designate one individual for multiple roles?
Yes, an individual may be designated for multiple roles. For example, the individual designated
as the Account Administrator can also be designated as the Authorized Representative for
Reporting or Point of Contact for Reporting. It is also acceptable for an organization to
designate one individual for all three roles however it should also adhere to any applicable rules
on personnel checks and balances.
May my organization designate more than one individual per role?
Yes, you may designate more than one person per each role but are encouraged to limit the
number of users assigned to each role.
May my organization change the designations from time to time?
Yes, an organization may make changes and updates to the list of designation individuals
whenever needed.
Must each of the designated individuals register for using Treasury’s Portal?
Yes, everyone designated for any of the roles must register with ID.me or Login.gov before they
will be given access to Treasury’s portal. Please contact us at the email address below for
more information and guidance on registering with ID.me or Login.gov. If you are already
registered with ID.me, you do not have to register to Login.gov to access your reports.
Additional Questions or Additional Assistance?
If you have additional questions about accessing or using Treasury’s portal to provide the
designees’ names and contact information, please send us an email via SLFRF@treasury.gov.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           95
Appendix B – Bulk File Upload Overview
a)      Purpose

This Appendix provides an overview of the SLFRF bulk file upload process. The nine (9) bulk
file upload templates listed below are presented in the order in which they should be populated
and submitted to the Treasury’s Portal. The data requirements for each template can be found
in subsequent sections of this Appendix.

     1) Project Baseline Template (Note: This template will be used for Expenditure Categories
        1.1-1.7, 1.10, 1.12-1.14, 2.9, 2.19-2.23, 2.28, 2.35, 2.37, 3.3-3.5, 7.1-7.3)
     2) Subrecipient Template
     3) Subaward Template
     4) Expenditures GT $50,000 Template
     5) Aggregate Expenditures LT $50,000 Template
     6) Payments to Individuals Template
     7) Tax Offset Revenue Reducing Covered Changes Template
     8) Tax Offset Revenue Increasing Covered Changes Template
     9) Tax Offset Covered Spending Cuts FY21 Template


b)       Expenditure Category (EC) Templates
Expenditure Categories (EC) which require additional programmatic data and other information
are listed below. The reporting requirements for each EC can be found in Appendix D.

     1) Project Baseline Template
     2) Project EC 1.8, 2.29-2.33 Template
     3) Project EC 1.9, 2.34 Template
     4) Project EC 1.11, 2.10 Template
     5) Project EC 2.1-2.8 Template
     6) Project EC 2.11-2.14 Template
     7) Project EC 2.15-2.18 Template
     8) Project EC 2.24-2.27 Template
     9) Project EC 2.36 Template
     10) Project EC 3.1 Template
     11) Project EC 3.2 Template
     12) Project EC 4.1-4.2 Template
     13) Project EC 5.1-5.18 Template
     14) Project EC 5.19-5.21 Template
c)      Template Description
Each of the bulk file upload templates contains instructions on how to populate the respective
fields within each file. When adding content to each template, please follow the “Help” text,
which will provide what is and isn’t permitted for each cell. Each Module in the web application
provides a link to download the template. All templates have the same structure as described
below:
        Row 1: Template Version


                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          96
       Row 2: Template Name
       Row 3: Instructions: Brief description of the template constraints.
       Row 4: Field IDs: Column identifiers
       Row 5: Required or Optional: This field specifies if the field is optional or required. When
       the column is required, and a recipient does not provide the required data, the system
       will not accept any record or allow the file to be uploaded. NOTE: Due to system
       constraints, some required fields that are conditional based on the Expenditure Category
       are marked as optional in the bulk upload templates.
       Row 6: Field Name: Brief description of each Field or Column
       Row 7: Field Help Text: Provides a description of the column. There are 2 types of fields,
       1). an open value either text or numbers and 2). A predefined list of pick list values:

              •    Open Value: Any text or number. Text for State name or a Number that
                   represents amounts. Most text types are free formats, the only expectation is
                   for Dates, each column that represents a date describes the accepted
                   format. For any number field, it is not required to add “,” to represent
                   thousands or it is not required to add “$” to represent currency. Only add
                   decimal “.” when needed.
              •    Pick List: A Predefined list of values that is accepted by the system. When
                   the column is a pick list, row 7 provides the list of options that the system
                   accepts. End users should “copy and paste” the valid value for each record.
                   If the respondent provides a value that is not in the predefined pick list, the
                   system will not accept the file. Responses should not contain double quotes

       Row 8: Data that recipient submits. Row 8 is where recipients insert specific data to
       submit. The system accepts 1 or many rows.
       The following is special guidance for each row or set of rows:

              •    Do not change the content of rows 1 to 7.
              •    Rows 4 to 7 provide metadata of each data element or column of the
                   information that recipients will provide.
              •    Add your data beginning in row 8, column B.

d)     Bulk Upload Process
The upload process includes the following steps:
   1) Download the template from the link provided in the web application section of the
      module.
   2) Open the template in Microsoft Excel.
   3) Add data starting with row 8, column B of the applicable template.
   4) When you finish adding your data for row 8, repeat on additional rows as required.
   5) Save the template as a .CSV file and change the name of the file if needed.
   6) Click the Bulk Upload link to open the Bulk Upload box (see Figure B - 1).


                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           97
                                 Figure B - 1 Bulk Upload Pop Up

7) Attach the saved .CSV file by clicking on “Upload Files”, alternatively drag the file to the
   designated area.
8) A message will appear confirming that your file is uploaded (see Figure B-2). Click
   “Done”.




                                Figure B - 2 File Upload Message

9) File will be listed at the bottom of the bulk upload window (see Figure B-3).




                           Figure B - 3 File Added to Bulk Upload Portal

10) Click “Validate” to have the system verify that your bulk upload does not have errors.
11) If the system validation finds errors in your bulk upload, it will return the screen with the
    list of the errors (see Figure B-4). From here, update on the screen by manually typing in
    your corrections in the Value column, or restart the process with a corrected bulk upload
    file.
12) In cases when it may be preferable to work from a master list of errors, click the
    Download – Export Errors link, highlighted in red box, to download a spreadsheet
    detailing all errors in the bulk upload file. Once your errors are corrected, click “update”.
    The system will once again check your upload for errors.



                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            98
                                 Figure B - 4 Listing of Bulk Upload Errors


     13) If the system validates that the bulk upload has no errors, it will return the same screen
         as Figure B - 5 with instead the option to “Create” (see Figure 75). Click the “Create”
         button.




                                     Figure B - 5 Bulk Upload Creation

     14) Once created, your records will show at the bottom of the relevant screen.



e)     Bulk Upload Creation Steps
The collective bulk file upload process is contingent upon end-users following the below steps to
ensure successful submission.


                Note: All data submitted via the bulk upload functionality must be
                submitted as a .CSV file.

f)     CSV Guidance
Refer to the following link for descriptions of the CSV format.
        https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comma-separated_values
g)      Specific CSV characteristics
        • The date format is: MM/DD/YYYY. Example:
1.      06/22/2021
        • All currency values are numeric. It is not required to add “,” for thousand or millions.
                           Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           99
        •      All currency values should not contain a “$” sign. The file will be rejected if a “$” is
               included in the data entry.
        •      Once you’ve saved the excel spreadsheet as a .csv file, do not re-open the file. Re-
               opening the file will cause excel to possible revert to an .xls type file and leading
               zeros or other issues may occur.

h)    Upload Template Description
Each data element and/or column in the CSV files is described below:

        •      Index No: Reference number for the data element. For internal use only.
        •      Defined term: Column Short description.
        •      Definition: Column long description or definition.
        •      CSV Column Name: The column header name that must be used in the CSV file.
        •      Required: Indicates if the column is required or not required.
        •      List Value: The content of the column is from a list of predefined values. This is valid
               for some of the columns. The list is provided for all cases. Most of the cases is N/A
               which means that the type is ether String or Numeric.
        •      Data type: Specify the data type of the column. The options are: Numeric, Text, Date
               and Pick List.
        •      Max Length: Indicates the maximum length in characters that is allowed for each
               column.


i)      Project Baseline Template
The downloadable templates provide all information required to create the upload files. The
following table highlights the data elements required to complete the Project Baseline Template.
Expenditure categories not covered by the Project Baseline Template have a devoted template
as described in Appendix C. NOTE: Each bulk file upload template, including the Project
Baseline Template, will have unique requirements which determine if data fields are required,
optional, or conditional. Additional guidance can be found within the Help Text for all bulk file
upload templates.
  Defined Term              Definition             Required/        List Values        Data Type       Max
                                                   Optional/                                          Length
                                                  Conditional
 Project            Per guidance, this field     Required       "1-Public Health"    Picklist (see   n/a
 Expenditure        represents the                              "2-Negative          permissible
 Category Group     predefined project                          Economic Impacts"    values in
                    expenditure category                        "3-Public Health-    previous
                                                                Negative Economic    column
                                                                Impact: Public
                                                                Sector Capacity"
                                                                "7-Administrative
                                                                and Other"
 Project            Per guidance, this field     Required       Refer to             Picklist (see   n/a
 Expenditure        represents and is aligned                   “Expenditure         permissible
 Category           to the project expenditure                  Categories covered   values in
                    category                                    by the Project       previous
                                                                Baseline Template”   column
                                                                table below
 Project Name       Name of the project.         Required       n/a                  String          80




                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                   100
 Defined Term                 Definition             Required/             List Values      Data Type       Max
                                                     Optional/                                             Length
                                                    Conditional
Project               Identification number        Required          n/a                  Alphanumeric    20
Identification        assigned to project by
Number                recipient.
(Assigned by
recipient)

Status of             Completion status of the     Required          "Not started",       Picklist (see   n/a
Completion            project.                                       "Completed less      permissible
                                                                     than 50%",           values in
                                                                     "Completed 50% or    previous
                                                                     more", "Completed"   column
                                                                     “Cancelled”
Project Start         Required date for            Conditional       n/a                  Date            n/a
Date                  “Completed less than
                      50%", "Completed 50%
                      or more", "Completed"

Project End Date      Required date for            Conditional       n/a                  Data            n/a
                      "Completed"



Cancelled Status      If you selected              Conditional       n/a                  String          255
of Completion         “Cancelled” for the Status
Explanation           of Completion, please
                      provide an explanation.

Adopted Budget        Amount of the adopted        Required for      n/a                  Currency        n/a
                      budget for this project      Tier 1
                                                   recipients

                                                   Optional for
                                                   other Tier
                                                   recipients
Total Cumulative      Total dollar value of        Required          n/a                  Currency        n/a
Obligations           obligations for this
                      project.


Total Cumulative      Total dollar value of        Required          n/a                  Currency        n/a
Expenditures          expenditures for this
                      project.


Current Period        Total dollar value of        Required          n/a                  Currency        n/a
Obligations           obligations for this
                      current reporting period


Current Period        Total dollar value of        Required          n/a                  Currency        n/a
Expenditures          expenditures for this
                      current reporting period


Does this project     Does this project include    Required for      Yes                  Picklist (see   n/a
include a capital     a capital expenditure        the following     No                   permissible
expenditure?                                       Expenditure                            values in
                                                   Categories: 1,                         previous
                                                   2, 3, 8.6, 8.7,                        column)
                                                   8.12, and 8.13


If yes, what is the   If you answered “yes” to     Conditional       n/a                  Currency        n/a
total expected        the previous question,
capital               enter the total dollar       Required if
expenditure?          value of the expected        you answered
                      capital expenditure          “Yes” to the
                                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                      101
 Defined Term              Definition              Required/             List Values       Data Type       Max
                                                   Optional/                                              Length
                                                  Conditional
                                                 previous
                   Note: If the total            question
                   expected capital
                   expenditure is greater
                   than $10M, then labor
                   certifications are
                   required.
Capital            Type of Capital               Conditional       See Appendix H for    Picklist (see   n/a
Expenditure        Expenditure                                     the list of Capital   permissible
Type                                             Required if       Expenditure Types     values in
                                                 you answered                            previous
                                                 "Yes" for the                           column)
                                                 "Does this
                                                 project include
                                                 a capital
                                                 expenditure"
                                                 question and
                                                 the project is
                                                 in Expenditure
                                                 Category 1, 2,
                                                 or 3
Other Capital      If you selected "Other        Conditional       n/a                   String          255
Expenditure        (please specify)" for the
Explanation        Capital Expenditure           Required if
                   Type, please provide          your answer
                   more details.                 to the
                                                 previous
                                                 question was
                                                 “Other (please
                                                 specify)”
Capital            For recipients (other than    Conditional       n/a                   String          1500
Expenditure        Tribal governments)
Narrative          investing in projects with    Required if
                   total expected capital        you answered
                   expenditures for an           "Yes" for the
                   enumerated eligible use       "Does this
                   of $10 million or more, as    project include
                   well as projects with total   a capital
                   expected capital              expenditure"
                   expenditures for an           question
                   "other" use or in EC 8.12
                   of $1 million or more,
                   please provide a written
                   justification.
Project            Brief description of the      Required          n/a                   String          1,500
Description        project.



Program Income     Did this project earn         Required for      Yes/No                Picklist                n/a
                   program income?               all but EC 6
                                                 Projects.


Program Income     The amount of Federal         Optional          n/a                   Currency                n/a
Earned Prior to    program income earned
December 31,       prior to the deadline.
2024

Program Income     The amount of Federal         Optional          n/a                   Currency                n/a
obligated of the   program income
amount earned      obligated that was used
prior to           to cover eligible project
December 31,       costs prior to the
2024               deadline.


                               Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                  Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                            102
 Defined Term             Definition               Required/             List Values       Data Type      Max
                                                   Optional/                                             Length
                                                  Conditional
Program Income    The amount of program          Optional          n/a                   Currency            n/a
expended of the   income expended that
amount earned     was used to cover
prior to          eligible project costs prior
December 31,      to the deadline.
2024.
Program Income    The amount of Federal          Optional          n/a                   Currency            n/a
earned after      program income earned
December 31,      post obligation deadline.
2024

Program Income    The amount of Federal          Optional          n/a                   Currency            n/a
obligated on      program income
project of the    obligated post obligation
amount earned     deadline.
after December
31, 2024
Program Income    The amount of program          Optional          n/a                   Currency            n/a
expended of the   income that was used to
amount earned     cover eligible project
after December    costs post obligation
31, 2024.         deadline.
Project           Impacted and/or                Conditional       See Appendix G for    Picklist (see       n/a
Demographic       Disproportionally                                Project Demographic   permissible
Distribution -    Impacted populations           Required for      Distribution          values in
Primarily         served by this project.        the following     populations           previous
Populations                                      Expenditure                             column)
Served                                           Categories:
                                                 1.1-7, 1.10,
                                                 1.12-14, 2.9,
                                                 2.19-23, 2.28,
                                                 2.35, 2.37
Project           If the selected                Conditional       n/a                   String              250
Demographic       demographic includes
Distribution –    'specify' please provide a     Required if the
Primary           brief explanation              selected
Populations                                      demographic
Served                                           in the previous
Explanation                                      question
                                                 includes
                                                 'specify'
Project           Impacted and/or                Optional          See Appendix G for    Picklist (see       n/a
Demographic       Disproportionally                                Project Demographic   permissible
Distribution -    Impacted populations                             Distribution          values in
Additional        served by this project.                          populations           previous
Populations                                                                              column)
Served
Project           If the selected                Conditional       n/a                   String              250
Demographic       demographic includes
Distribution –    'specify' please provide a
Secondary         brief explanation
Populations
Served
Explanation
Project           Impacted and/or                Optional          See Appendix G for    Picklist (see       n/a
Demographic       Disproportionally                                Project Demographic   permissible
Distribution -    Impacted populations                             Distribution          values in
Additional        served by this project.                          populations           previous
Populations                                                                              column)
Served
Project           If the selected                Conditional       n/a                   String              250
Demographic       demographic includes
Distribution –    'specify' please provide a
Tertiary          brief explanation
Populations


                               Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                  Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                        103
 Defined Term               Definition              Required/              List Values     Data Type           Max
                                                    Optional/                                                 Length
                                                   Conditional
Served
Explanation



Structure and       Description of structure      Required           n/a                 String                   250
objectives of       and objectives of
assistance          assistance program(s),
program             including public health or
                    negative economic
                    impact experienced
Recipient’s         Description of recipient’s    Required           n/a                 String                   250
approach            approach to ensuring that
                    response is reasonable
                    and proportional to a
                    public health or negative
                    economic impact of
                    Covid-19, as described in
                    the final rule



                           Expenditure Categories covered by the Project Baseline Template
1.1       COVID-19 Vaccination

1.2       COVID-19 Testing

1.3       COVID-19 Contact Tracing

1.4       Prevention in Congregate Settings (Nursing Homes, Prisons/Jails, Dense Work Sites, Schools, etc.)

1.5       Personal Protective Equipment

1.6       Medical Expenses (including Alternative Care Facilities)

1.7       Other COVID-19 Public Health Expenses (including Communications, Enforcement, Isolation/Quarantine)

1.10      COVID-19 Aid to Impacted Industries

1.12      Mental Health Services

1.13     Substance Use Services

1.14      Other Public Health Services

2.9      Unemployment Benefits or Cash Assistance to Unemployed Workers

2.19      Social Determinants of Health: Community Health Workers or Benefits Navigators

2.20     Social Determinants of Health: Lead Remediation

2.21     Medical Facilities for Disproportionately Impacted Communities

2.22     Strong Healthy Communities: Neighborhood Features that Promote Health and Safety

2.23     Strong Healthy Communities: Demolition and Rehabilitation of Properties

2.28     Contributions to UI Trust Funds

2.35      Aid to Tourism Travel and Hospitality

2.37      Economic Impact Assistance: Other

3.3       Public Sector Workforce: Other

3.4       Public Sector Capacity: Effective Service Delivery

3.5       Public Sector Capacity: Administrative Needs

7.1       Administrative Expenses



                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                            104
                            Expenditure Categories covered by the Project Baseline Template
 7.2      Transfers to Other Units of Government

 7.3      Costs Associated with Satisfying Certain Legal and Administrative Requirements of the SLFRF Program After December 31, 2024




j)      Subrecipient Template
The downloadable templates provide all information required to create the upload files. The
following table highlights the data elements required to complete the Subrecipient Template.
  Defined Term                   Definition              Required       List Values     Data Type         Max
                                                                                                         Length

 Subrecipient UEI   The Subrecipient's Unique Entity    Conditional    n/a             Alpha-                     12
                    Identifier (UEI) created in                                        numeric
                    SAM.gov.

                    This field is required for
                    Subrecipient's.

 Subrecipient TIN   The Subrecipient's Internal         Optional       n/a             Numeric                     9
                    Revenue Service (IRS) Taxpayer
                    Identification Number

 Id                 This is a Treasury Portal auto-     Optional       n/a             Alpha-                     10
                    generated unique ID only for used                                  numeric
                    when updating existing
                    subrecipients in bulk upload. The
                    IDs can be found in the “My
                    Subrecipients” table as well as
                    through the “Download as CSV”
                    feature.

                    Note: Do not enter values in this
                    field when attempting to create
                    new entries.
 Subrecipient       The name of the Subrecipient.       Required       n/a             String                     80
 Name




 Entity Type        Indicators for types of entities    Required       -Subrecipient   Picklist (see            n/a
                                                                       -Contractor     permissible
                                                                       -Beneficiary    values in
                                                                       -Interagency    previous
                                                                       Agreement       column)
                                                                       (IAA) (in the
                                                                       case of parts
                                                                       of
                                                                       government
                                                                       receiving
                                                                       funds under
                                                                       IAAs)
 POC Email          The email address of the primary    Optional       n/a             String                     40
 Address            point-of-contact for the
                    Subrecipient.

 Address Line 1     First line of the Subrecipient's    Required       n/a             String                   150
                    address.



                                 Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                    Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                          105
 Defined Term                   Definition                 Required     List Values        Data Type    Max
                                                                                                       Length

Address Line 2      Second line of the Subrecipient's     Optional      n/a               String              150
                    address.


Address Line 3      Third line of the Subrecipient's      Optional      n/a               String              150
                    address.


City Name           Name of the city in which the         Required      n/a               String                40
                    Subrecipient is located.


State Code          United States Postal Service          Required      (AL, AK, AS,      String                 2
                    (USPS) two-letter abbreviation for                  AZ, AR, CA,
                    the state or territory in which the                 CO, CT, DE,
                    Subrecipient is located.                            DC, FM, FL,
                                                                        GA, GU, HI,
                                                                        ID, IL, IN, IA,
                                                                        KS, KY, LA,
                                                                        ME, MH,
                                                                        MD, MA, MI,
                                                                        MN, MS,
                                                                        MO, MT, NE,
                                                                        NV, NH, NJ,
                                                                        NM, NY, NC,
                                                                        ND, MP, OH,
                                                                        OK, OR, PW,
                                                                        PA, PR, RI,
                                                                        SC, SD, TN,
                                                                        TX, UT, VT,
                                                                        VI, VA, WA,
                                                                        WV, WI, WY,
                                                                        Other)
Zip5                United States ZIP code (five          Required      n/a               Numeric                5
                    digits) associated with the
                    Subrecipient's address.

Zip4                Zip Plus4 (four digits) identifying   Optional      n/a               Numeric                4
                    where the predominant
                    performance of the subaward will
                    be accomplished.
Country             Provide the two-letter country        Optional      Country           Portal:       Portal: n/a
                    code as defined by the                              name              Picklist     Bulk File: 2
                    International Organization for                                        (Country
                    Standardization.                                                      name)

                    Enter US for United States of                                         Bulk File:
                    America.                                                              String

                    If outside the US, please refer to
                    the list of ISO 3166-1
                    alpha2 county codes at
                    https://www.worlddata.info/country
                    codes.php
Subrecipient        Confirmation that the Subrecipient    Required      Yes/No            Picklist             n/a
SAM.gov             is registered in SAM.gov
Registration

In its preceding    This field is Required If you         Conditional   Yes/No            Picklist             n/a
fiscal year, did    answered "No" to the previous
recipient receive   question: "Is the subrecipient        Required if
80% or more of      registered in SAM.gov".               you
its annual gross                                          answered
                                                          “No” to the
                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                          106
 Defined Term                    Definition                   Required        List Values    Data Type    Max
                                                                                                         Length

revenue from        Confirmation that the proportion of     previous
federal funds?      the Subrecipient's federal funding-     question
                    to-total annual gross revenue for
                    the preceding fiscal year is at
                    least 80%.

                    Must select Yes or No.
In the preceding    This field is Required If you           Conditional       Yes/No        Picklist          n/a
fiscal year, did    answered "No" to the question: "Is
recipient receive   the subrecipient registered in          Required if
$25 million or      SAM.gov".                               you
more of its                                                 answered
annual gross        Confirmation that the                   “No” to the
revenue from        Subrecipient's total annual gross       “Subrecipient
federal funds?      revenue from federal funding            SAM.gov
                    across all programs for the             registration”
                    preceding fiscal year is greater        question
                    than $25 million.

                    Must select Yes or No.
Is the "total       Confirmation that qualifying            Conditional       Yes/No        Picklist          n/a
compensation"       Subrecipient's publicly identify
for the             their top five highest compensated      Required if
organization's      executives or have it listed in their   you
five highest paid   SAM.gov profile, if “No” please         answered
officers publicly   provide names and compensation          “Yes” to both
listed or           for top 5 executives.                   previous
otherwise listed                                            questions
in SAM.gov?
Executive Name      The legal name belonging to one         Conditional       n/a           String            100
(1)                 of the five highest paid executives,
                    officers, or employees of the           Required If
                    Subrecipient.                           you
                                                            answered
                                                            “No” to the
                                                            previous
                                                            question
Total               The Total Compensation, as              Conditional       n/a           Currency          n/a
Compensation        defined in 2 CFR part 170.330,
Executive (1)       earned by the five highest paid         Required If
                    executives, officers, or employees      you
                    of the Subrecipient.                    answered
                                                            “No” to the
                                                            “Is the total
                                                            compensatio
                                                            n for the
                                                            organization'
                                                            s five highest
                                                            paid officers
                                                            publicly listed
                                                            or otherwise
                                                            listed in
                                                            SAM.gov?”
                                                            question
Executive Name      The legal name belonging to one         Conditional       n/a           String            100
(2)                 of the five highest paid executives,
                    officers, or employees of the           Required If
                    Subrecipient.                           you
                                                            answered
                                                            “No” to the
                                                            “Is the total
                                                            compensatio
                                                            n for the
                                                            organization'
                                                            s five highest
                                                            paid officers

                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                        107
 Defined Term                Definition                   Required        List Values    Data Type    Max
                                                                                                     Length

                                                        publicly listed
                                                        or otherwise
                                                        listed in
                                                        SAM.gov?”
                                                        question
Total            The Total Compensation, as             Conditional       n/a           Currency          n/a
Compensation     defined in 2 CFR part 170.330,
Executive (2)    earned by the five highest paid        Required If
                 executives, officers, or employees     you
                 of the Subrecipient.                   answered
                                                        “No” to the
                                                        “Is the total
                                                        compensatio
                                                        n for the
                                                        organization'
                                                        s five highest
                                                        paid officers
                                                        publicly listed
                                                        or otherwise
                                                        listed in
                                                        SAM.gov?”
                                                        question
Executive Name   The legal name belonging to one        Conditional       n/a           String            100
(3)              of the five highest paid executives,
                 officers, or employees of the          Required If
                 Subrecipient.                          you
                                                        answered
                                                        “No” to the
                                                        “Is the total
                                                        compensatio
                                                        n for the
                                                        organization'
                                                        s five highest
                                                        paid officers
                                                        publicly listed
                                                        or otherwise
                                                        listed in
                                                        SAM.gov?”
                                                        question
Total            The Total Compensation, as             Conditional       n/a           Currency          n/a
Compensation     defined in 2 CFR part 170.330,
(3)              earned by the five highest paid        Required If
                 executives, officers, or employees     you
                 of the Subrecipient.                   answered
                                                        “No” to the
                                                        “Is the total
                                                        compensatio
                                                        n for the
                                                        organization'
                                                        s five highest
                                                        paid officers
                                                        publicly listed
                                                        or otherwise
                                                        listed in
                                                        SAM.gov?”
                                                        question
Executive Name   The legal name belonging to one        Conditional       n/a           String            100
(4)              of the five highest paid executives,
                 officers, or employees of the          Required If
                 Subrecipient.                          you
                                                        answered
                                                        “No” to the
                                                        “Is the total
                                                        compensatio
                                                        n for the
                                                        organization'

                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                       108
     Defined Term               Definition                   Required        List Values    Data Type    Max
                                                                                                        Length

                                                           s five highest
                                                           paid officers
                                                           publicly listed
                                                           or otherwise
                                                           listed in
                                                           SAM.gov?”
                                                           question
 Total              The Total Compensation, as             Conditional       n/a           Currency          n/a
 Compensation       defined in 2 CFR part 170.330,
 (4)                earned by the five highest paid        Required If
                    executives, officers, or employees     you
                    of the Subrecipient.                   answered
                                                           “No” to the
                                                           “Is the total
                                                           compensatio
                                                           n for the
                                                           organization'
                                                           s five highest
                                                           paid officers
                                                           publicly listed
                                                           or otherwise
                                                           listed in
                                                           SAM.gov?”
                                                           question
 Executive Name     The legal name belonging to one        Conditional       n/a           String            100
 (5)                of the five highest paid executives,
                    officers, or employees of the          Required If
                    Subrecipient.                          you
                                                           answered
                                                           “No” to the
                                                           “Is the total
                                                           compensatio
                                                           n for the
                                                           organization'
                                                           s five highest
                                                           paid officers
                                                           publicly listed
                                                           or otherwise
                                                           listed in
                                                           SAM.gov?”
                                                           question
 Total              The Total Compensation, as             Conditional       n/a           Currency          n/a
 Compensation       defined in 2 CFR part 170.330,
 Executive (5)      earned by the five highest paid        Required If
                    executives, officers, or employees     you
                    of the Subrecipient.                   answered
                                                           “No” to the
                                                           “Is the total
                                                           compensatio
                                                           n for the
                                                           organization'
                                                           s five highest
                                                           paid officers
                                                           publicly listed
                                                           or otherwise
                                                           listed in
                                                           SAM.gov?”
                                                           question




k)        Subaward Template


                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                       109
The downloadable templates provide all information required to create the upload files. The
following table highlights the data elements required to complete the Subaward Template.
   Defined Term                    Definition                 Required      List Values      Data Type       Max
                                                                                                            Length

 Subrecipient UEI       The Subrecipient's Unique            Conditional   n/a              Alpha-                   12
                        Entity Identifier (UEI) created in                                  numeric
                        SAM.gov.

                        This field is required for
                        Contractor's and Subrecipient's.

 Subrecipient TIN       The Subrecipient's Internal          Optional      n/a              Numeric                   9
                        Revenue Service (IRS)
                        Taxpayer Identification Number




 Recipient Project Id   Recipient Project ID associated      Required      n/a              Numeric                  20
                        with this Sub Award. This is
                        your unique Project
                        Identification Number.




 Subaward No.           Recipient's internal account         Required      n/a              String                   20
                        number for the grant, contract,
                        transfer, or direct payment. This
                        can be the account number, or
                        any other unique identifying
                        number assigned by the
                        Recipient to the award. This
                        number is strictly for the
                        Recipient's recordkeeping.
 Subaward Type          The type of Subaward.                Required      "Contract:       Picklist (see            30
                                                                           Purchase         permissible
                                                                           Order"           values in
                                                                            "Contract:      previous
                                                                           Delivery         column)
                                                                           Order"
                                                                            "Contract:
                                                                           Blanket
                                                                           Purchase
                                                                           Agreement"
                                                                            "Contract:
                                                                           Definitive
                                                                           Contract"
                                                                            "Grant: Lump
                                                                           Sum
                                                                           Payment(s)"
                                                                            "Grant:
                                                                           Reimbursable
                                                                           "
                                                                            "Direct
                                                                           Payment"
                                                                            "Transfer:
                                                                           Lump Sum
                                                                           Payment(s)"
                                                                            "Transfer:
                                                                           Reimbursable
                                                                           "
                                                                            "Loan -
                                                                           maturity prior
                                                                           to 12/31/26
                                                                           with planned
                                                                           forgiveness"
                                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                            110
   Defined Term                Definition              Required      List Values      Data Type       Max
                                                                                                     Length

                                                                     "Loan -
                                                                    maturity prior
                                                                    to 12/31/26
                                                                    without
                                                                    planned
                                                                    forgiveness"
                                                                     "Loan -
                                                                    maturity past
                                                                    12/31/26 with
                                                                    planned
                                                                    forgiveness"
                                                                     "Loan -
                                                                    maturity past
                                                                    12/31/26
                                                                    without
                                                                    planned
                                                                    forgiveness"
                                                                    "Interagency
                                                                    Agreement
                                                                    (IAA)"
Entity Type         Type of Entity                    Required      "Subrecipient"   Picklist                 30
                                                                    "Contractor"
                                                                    "Beneficiary"
                                                                    "Interagency
                                                                    Agreement
                                                                    (IAA)"
Subaward Amount     Total amount of SLFRF funds       Required      n/a              Currency             n/a
(Obligation)        obligated by the Recipient to a
                    Subrecipient under a given
                    Subaward.

Subaward Award      The date the Recipient            Required      n/a              Date                      8
Date                obligated funds to a
                    Subrecipient.




Primary Sector      Select Primary Sector from        Conditional   Refer to         Picklist (see            30
                    picklist.                                       Sectors          permissible
                                                                    Designated as    values in
                                                                    Essential        previous
                                                                    Critical         column)
                                                                    Infrastructure
                                                                    Sectors table
                                                                    below
If Other            Explanation if the Primary        Conditional   n/a              String               100
                    Sector is “Other”
                                                      Required if
                                                      previous
                                                      question
                                                      answer is
                                                      "Other"
Period of           The date on which efforts begin   Required      n/a              Date                      8
Performance Start   or the Subaward is otherwise
                    effective.


Period of           The date on which all effort is   Required      n/a              Date                      8
Performance End     completed or the Subaward is
                    otherwise ended.




                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                          111
  Defined Term                 Definition                Required      List Values      Data Type    Max
                                                                                                    Length

Place of            First line of the address where     Required      n/a               String           120
Performance         the predominant performance of
Address 1           the Subaward will be
                    accomplished.

Place of            Second line of the address          Optional      n/a               String           120
Performance         where the predominant
Address 2           performance of the Subaward
                    will be accomplished.

Place of            Third line of the address where     Optional      n/a               String           120
Performance         the predominant performance of
Address 3           the Subaward will be
                    accomplished.

Place of            The name of the city where the      Required      n/a               String               40
Performance City    predominant performance of the
                    Subaward will be accomplished.


Place of            United States Postal Service        Required      (AL, AK, AS,      String                2
Performance State   (USPS) two-letter abbreviation                    AZ, AR, CA,
Code                for the state or territory                        CO, CT, DE,
                    indicating where the                              DC, FM, FL,
                    predominant performance of the                    GA, GU, HI,
                    Subaward will be accomplished.                    ID, IL, IN, IA,
                                                                      KS, KY, LA,
                                                                      ME, MH, MD,
                                                                      MA, MI, MN,
                                                                      MS, MO, MT,
                                                                      NE, NV, NH,
                                                                      NJ, NM, NY,
                                                                      NC, ND, MP,
                                                                      OH, OK, OR,
                                                                      PW, PA, PR,
                                                                      RI, SC, SD,
                                                                      TN, TX, UT,
                                                                      VT, VI, VA,
                                                                      WA, WV, WI,
                                                                      WY, Other)
Place of            United States ZIP code (five        Required      n/a               Numeric               5
Performance Zip     digits) identifying where the
                    predominant performance of the
                    subaward will be accomplished.

Place of            United States ZIP code (four        Optional      n/a               Numeric               4
Performance Zip4    digits) identifying where the
                    predominant performance of the
                    Subaward will be accomplished.

Purpose of Funds    Recipients must submit a            Conditional   n/a               Sting           3000
                    written justification to Treasury
                    describing how the premium
                    pay or grant is responsive to
                    workers performing essential
                    work during the public health
                    emergency unless the worker or
                    groups of workers receiving
                    premium pay meet one of two
                    criteria: (1) the eligible
                    worker(s) receiving premium
                    pay earn (with the premium
                    included) below 150 percent of
                    their residing state or county’s
                    average annual wage for all
                    occupations, as defined by the
                    Bureau of Labor Statistics
                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                         112
  Defined Term               Definition               Required      List Values       Data Type    Max
                                                                                                  Length

                  Occupational Employment and
                  Wage Statistics; or (2) the
                  eligible worker(s) receiving
                  premium pay is not exempt
                  from the Fair Labor Standards
                  Act overtime provisions.
Subaward          A description of the overall       Required      n/a               String            750
Description       purpose and expected outputs
                  and outcomes or results of the
                  funded subaward, including
                  significant deliverables and, if
                  appropriate, associated units of
                  measure. The purpose and
                  outcomes or results should be
                  stated in terms that allow an
                  understanding that the
                  subaward constitutes an eligible
                  use of funds.
Edited Award      Please provide a new               Conditional   n/a               Text              255
Amount            explanation on why the
Explanation       subaward amount was updated.
                  Only required if updating an
                  existing award amount on an
                  existing subaward.
Loan Expiration   Date the loan will expire.         Conditional   n/a               Date                  8
Date



IAA Basic         List of conditions that the IAA    Conditional   1. It imposes     Picklist          100
Conditions        satisfies.                                       conditions on
                                                                   the use of
                                                                   funds by the
                                                                   agency,
                                                                   department,
                                                                   or part of
                                                                   government
                                                                   receiving
                                                                   funds to carry
                                                                   out the
                                                                   program
                                                                   2. It governs
                                                                   the provision
                                                                   of funds from
                                                                   one agency,
                                                                   department,
                                                                   or part of
                                                                   government to
                                                                   another to
                                                                   carry out an
                                                                   eligible use of
                                                                   SLFRF funds
                                                                   3. It governs
                                                                   the
                                                                   procurement
                                                                   of goods or
                                                                   services by
                                                                   one agency,
                                                                   department,
                                                                   or part of
                                                                   government
                                                                   from another




                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                       113
  Defined Term                  Definition                Required      List Values    Data Type    Max
                                                                                                   Length

IAA Requirements     Self attestation that the IAA       Conditional   Yes/No         Picklist          n/a
Attestation          satisfies the other three
                     requirements in FAQ 17.6 listed
                     below:

                     1. It sets forth specific
                     requirements, such as a scope
                     of work and project
                     deliverables;
                     2. It is signed by the parties to
                     the agreement, or otherwise
                     evidences that each party has
                     assented to the agreement; and
                     3. It does not disclaim any
                     binding effect or state that it
                     does not create rights or
                     obligations.
Personnel Cost       Will this project include an        Conditional   n/a            Currency          n/a
Estimates            estimate of personnel
                     expenditures in 2025 and
                     2026?

Estimated            Estimated personnel                 Conditional   n/a            Currency          n/a
Personnel            expenditures in 2025 and 2026.
Expenditures


Actual Personnel     Actual personnel expenditures       Conditional   n/a            Currency          n/a
Expenditures         in 2025 and 2026.



Personnel Estimate   Number of full-time equivalent      Conditional   n/a            Numeric               5
FTE Count            (FTE) positions for which funds
                     are obligated.


Explanation of how   Explanation of how the estimate     Conditional   n/a            Text              255
personnel cost       of personnel expenditures in
estimate             2025 and 2026 was determined
determined           and brief description of job
                     categories covered.
Contract Change      Estimated funds required to         Conditional   n/a            Currency          n/a
and Contingency      cover change orders and
Estimated            contingencies provided for by
Expenditures         the contract.

Contract Change      Actual funds expended to cover      Conditional   n/a            Currency          n/a
and Contingency      contract change orders and
Actual Expended      contingencies.


Explanation of how   Explanation of how the estimate     Conditional   n/a            Text              n/a
contract estimate    of funds required to cover
was determined       change orders and
                     contingencies provided for by
                     the contract was determined.



                     Sectors Designated as Essential Critical Infrastructure Sectors
Any work performed by an employee of a State, local, or Tribal government
Behavioral health work
Biomedical Research

                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                      114
                      Sectors Designated as Essential Critical Infrastructure Sectors
 Dental care work
 Educational work, school nutrition work, and other work required to operate a school facility
 Election’s work
 Emergency response
 Family or childcare
 Grocery stores, restaurants, food production, and food delivery
 Health care
 Home- and community-based health care or assistance with activities of daily living
 Laundry work
 Maintenance work
 Medical testing and diagnostics
 Pharmacy
 Public health work
 Sanitation, disinfection, and cleaning work
 Social services work
 Solid waste or hazardous materials management, response, and cleanup work
 Transportation and warehousing
 Vital services to Tribes
 Work at hotel and commercial lodging facilities that are used for COVID-19 mitigation and containment
 Work in a mortuary
 Work in critical clinical research, development, and testing necessary for COVID-19 response
 Work requiring physical interaction with patients
 Other
l)      Expenditures for Awards Greater Than $50,000 Template
The downloadable templates provide all information required to create the upload files. The
following table highlights the data elements required to complete the Expenditures GT $50,000
Template.
  Defined Term               Definition             Required     List Values   Data Type    Max
                                                                                           Length

 Subaward            Subaward number that          Required    n/a             Numeric              20
 Number              allows the Recipient to
                     associate Expenditure
                     records to Subaward
                     records. Enter Subaward
                     Number. Subaward Number
                     is not required if
                     Expenditure Category is
                     "Administrative Cost".
 Expenditure Start   Start date for the range of   Required    n/a             Date                  8
 Date                time when the
                     expenditure(s) occurred.




                               Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                  Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              115
  Defined Term               Definition                 Required       List Values         Data Type           Max
                                                                                                              Length

 Expenditure End     End date for the range of         Required      n/a                   Date                         8
 Date                time when the
                     expenditure(s) occurred


 Expenditure         Total amount of SLFRF             Required      n/a                   Currency                    n/a
 Amount              dollars on the Subaward.




m)      Aggregate Expenditures for Awards Less Than $50,000 Template
The downloadable templates provide all information required to create the upload files. The
following table highlights the data elements required to complete the Aggregate Expenditures
LT $50,000 Template.
   Defined Term                Definition                 Required           List Values          Data Type     Max
                                                                                                               Length

 Recipient Project   Recipient Project ID that           Required      n/a                    Numeric                   20
 Id                  allows the Recipient to
                     associate Expenditure
                     records to Project records.
 Subaward Type       The Subaward Type that had          Required      "Aggregate of          Picklist (see            100
 Aggregates          obligation or                                     Contracts              permissible
 SLFRF               expenditure/payment activity                      Awarded "              values in
                     during the reporting period.                       "Aggregate of         previous
                                                                       Grants Awarded "       column)
                                                                        "Aggregate of
                                                                       Loans Issued "
                                                                        "Aggregate of
                                                                       Transfers "
                                                                        "Aggregate of
                                                                       Direct Payments "
 Total Period        Sum of sub-award                    Required      n/a                    Currency                 n/a
 Obligation Amount   amounts/obligations during
 (Aggregates)        the most recent period for this
                     Sub-Award Type
                     (Aggregates).


 Total Period        Sum of Expenditures or              Required      n/a                    Currency                 n/a
 Expenditure         Payments during the most
 Amount              recent period for this Sub-
 (Aggregates)        Award Type (Aggregates).




n)      Payments to Individuals Template
The downloadable templates provide all information required to create the upload files. The
following table highlights the data elements required to complete the Payments to Individuals
Template.




                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                                 116
   Defined Term                 Definition                 Required           List Values     Data Type    Max
                                                                                                          Length

 Recipient Project   Recipient Project ID that            Required      n/a                  Numeric               20
 Id                  allows the Recipient to
                     associate Expenditure
                     records to Project records.
 Total Period        Sum of sub-award                     Required      n/a                  Currency          n/a
 Obligation Amount   amounts/obligations during
 (Aggregates)        the most recent period for this
                     Sub-Award Type
                     (Aggregates).


 Total Period        Sum of Expenditures or               Required      n/a                  Currency          n/a
 Expenditure         Payments during the most
 Amount              recent period for this Sub-
 (Aggregates)        Award Type (Aggregates).




o)    Location Data Template
The downloadable template covers fields related to broadband infrastructure project location.
   Defined Term                 Definition                 Required           List Values     Data Type    Max
                                                                                                          Length

 Fabric ID Number    Site specific fabric                 Required      n/a                  Text                  20
                     identification number from the
                     FCC broadband funded
                     locations map that
                     corresponds with the location
                     in the field provided
 Location latitude   Latitude data for the location       Required      n/a                  Number                20
                     to which service is installed


 Location            Longitude data for the               Required      n/a                  Number                20
 Longitude           location to which service is
                     installed

 Provider ID         FCC-provided ID for                  Required      n/a                  Text                  20
 Number              Providers that will align with
                     the entity that files or will file
                     BDC data.

 Technology Type     Type of technology at location       Required      Fiber, Coaxial       Picklist          n/a
 at Location                                                            Cable, Fixed
                                                                        Wireless, Other

 If Other, Specify   Explanation of Other type of         Conditional   n/a                  Number                20
                     technology (Planned)                 – other
                                                          technology
                                                          type

 Location Type       Type of location                     Required      Residential;         Picklist          n/a
                                                                        Business;
                                                                        Community
                                                                        Anchor Institution




                                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                          117
   Defined Term                  Definition              Required           List Values    Data Type    Max
                                                                                                       Length

 Housing Units at      Number of housing units at       Conditional   n/a                 Number                20
 Location              residential locations            –
                                                        Residential
                                                        Location
                                                        Type

 Speed Pre-            Internet speed prior to          Required      Below 25/3 Mbps;    Picklist          n/a
 Investment            investment                                     25/3 Mbps or
                                                                      greater but less
                                                                      than 100/20 Mbps

 Maximum               Maximum download speed           Required      n/a                 Text                  20
 Download Speed        offered/advertised at this
 Offered at            location post- investment
 Location Post-
 Investment

 Maximum               Maximum download speed           Conditional   n/a                 Text                  20
 Download Speed        delivered location post-         – Project
 Delivered at          investment                       Status
 Location Post-
 Investment

 Maximum Upload        Maximum Upload speed             Required      n/a                 Text                  20
 Speed Offered at      offered/advertised at this
 Location Post-        location post- investment
 Investment

 Maximum Upload        Maximum upload speed             Conditional   n/a                 Text                  20
 Speed Delivered       delivered location post-         – Project
 at Location Post-     investment                       Status
 Investment


 Latency Delivered     Latency delivered at location    Conditional   n/a                 Text                  20
 at Location Post-     post-investment                  – Project
 Investment                                             Status


 Void Location         Locations that were reported     Optional      Void; Display       Picklist          n/a
                       in error or are no longer part
                       of the project




When working with the bulk upload location data, there are several key considerations to help
make the process run more smoothly:

              •      Use the Correct Template: To provide better data quality, Treasury updated the
                     template for bulk uploads starting with the 2023 Q3 report. Using the older
                     template will produce errors from the upload. As of Q1 2024, Recipients also
                     have the option to use the newly added excel version of the Bulk Upload
                     Templates.
              •      One File Per Project: Each project should have a single bulk upload with all the
                     locations associated with that project. Each 1A project will need to have its own
                     upload for the location data associated with that upload. Uploading all location
                     data in a single file for multiple projects can lead to overflow problems, making
                     the upload time out.

                                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                       118
                •      Ensure that all required fields are included: Make sure that every required
                       field has correct data in it. Some fields will be conditionally required based on
                       project status, technology type, or location type. Please ensure that such fields
                       are included.
When updating location data reported in previous quarters (including reporting the maximum
upload and download speed delivered and latency fields required for completed projects), there
are several key considerations to help make the process run more smoothly:

                •      Download existing location data: Download data that was uploaded in
                       previous reporting periods. This will provide a complete list of all locations
                       associated with the project and a system-assigned location identifier, which
                       allows records to be edited and updated.
                •      Void locations: If locations are no longer part of the project or were previously
                       reported in error, set the status to void. This will remove the locations from the
                       project’s location list.
                •      Reupload edited data: Save the downloaded and edited file as a .csv and
                       reupload it in the portal. This will update the existing location records.


p)    Speed Tier and Pricing Template
The downloadable template covers fields related to broadband Speed Tiers and Pricing data.
   Defined Term                    Definition             Required           List Values    Data Type    Max
                                                                                                        Length

 Project Identifier      Identification number           Required      n/a                 Text                  20
                         assigned to project by
                         recipient

 Name                    This is used as the unique      Optional      n/a                 Text                  20
                         identifier to update existing
                         records. ONLY populate this
                         field if you are updating
                         existing records


 Download Speed          The download speed at which     Required      n/a                 Text                  20
                         service is offered


 Upload Speed            The download speed at which     Required      n/a                 Text                  20
                         service is offered


 Type of Service         Type of service package         Required      Residential;        Picklist          n/a
                                                                       Business; Other

 If “Other” , please     Explanation of Other type of    Conditional   n/a                 Text                  20
 specify                 service




                                    Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                       Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                      119
  Defined Term               Definition              Required         List Values    Data Type    Max
                                                                                                 Length

Base Monthly       The non-promotional base         Required    n/a                 Text                  20
Price              price for service at the speed
                   tier, not including associated
                   fees or taxes.



One-time Fees      The amount of any one-time       Required    n/a                 Text                  20
                   fees associated with service
                   at this speed tier




Type of One-time   The type of one-time feed        Required    Installation Fee;   Picklist          n/a
Feed                                                            Early Termination
                                                                Fee; Other; N/A




Monthly Fees       The amount of any monthly        Required    n/a                 Text                  20
                   recurring fees associated with
                   service at this speed tier




Type of Monthly    The type of monthly recurring    Required    Modem/Router        Picklist          n/a
Fee                fee                                          rental; Gateway
                                                                Access; Managed
                                                                WiFi; Autopay
                                                                discount; Other;
                                                                N/A




                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                     120
Appendix C – Expenditure Categories and Template Mapping
The Expenditure Categories (EC) listed below must be used to categorize each project as
noted in the Reporting Guidance. The term “Expenditure Category” refers to the detailed level
(e.g., 1.1 COVID-10 Vaccination). When referred to at the summary level (e.g., EC 1) it includes
all Expenditure Categories within that summary level.
For the table below, the following legend applies.
*Denotes areas where recipients must identify the amount of the total funds that are allocated to
evidence-based interventions (see Use of Evidence section above for details). Please note the
evidence-based questions are only applicable to States, U.S. Territories, and metropolitan cities
and counties with population over 250,000.
^Denotes areas where recipients must report on whether projects are primarily serving
disproportionately impacted communities (see Project Demographic Distribution section above
for details)
The Programmatic Data column indicates which Expenditure Categories have associated
programmatic data, in addition to the project standard information. More information on each
EC’s programmatic data is contained in Appendix C and in the Reporting Guidance.
                                                         Programmatic
                       Category                             Data?               Bulk Upload Template
 1 Expenditure Category: Public Health
 1.1    COVID-19 Vaccination^                                  No             Project Baseline Template
 1.2     COVID-19 Testing^                                     No             Project Baseline Template
 1.3     COVID-19 Contact Tracing^                             No             Project Baseline Template
 1.4     Prevention in Congregate Settings (Nursing            No             Project Baseline Template
         Homes, Prisons/Jails, Dense Work Sites,
         Schools, Child care facilities, etc.)*^
 1.5     Personal Protective Equipment^                        No             Project Baseline Template
 1.6     Medical Expenses (including Alternative Care          No             Project Baseline Template
         Facilities)^
 1.7     Other COVID-19 Public Health Expenses                 No             Project Baseline Template
         (including Communications, Enforcement,
         Isolation/Quarantine)^
 1.8     COVID-19 Assistance to Small Businesses^              Yes            Template for 1.8, 2.29-2.33
 1.9     COVID 19 Assistance to Non-Profits^                   Yes            Template for 1.9, 2.34
 1.10    COVID-19 Aid to Impacted Industries^                  No             Project Baseline Template
 1.11    Community Violence Interventions*^                    Yes            Template for 1.11, 2.10
 1.12    Mental Health Services*^                              No             Project Baseline Template
 1.13    Substance Use Services*^                              No             Project Baseline Template
 1.14    Other Public Health Services^                         No             Project Baseline Template
 2 Expenditure Category: Negative Economic Impacts
 2.1     Household Assistance: Food Programs*^                 Yes            Template for 2.1 – 2.8
 2.2     Household Assistance: Rent, Mortgage, and             Yes            Template for 2.1 – 2.8
         Utility Aid*^
 2.3     Household Assistance: Cash Transfers*^                Yes            Template for 2.1 – 2.8


                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                   121
                                                        Programmatic
                   Category                                Data?               Bulk Upload Template
2.4    Household Assistance: Internet Access                 Yes             Template for 2.1 – 2.8
       Programs*^
2.5    Household Assistance: Paid Sick and Medical            Yes            Template for 2.1 – 2.8
       Leave^
2.6    Household Assistance: Health Insurance*^               Yes            Template for 2.1 – 2.8
2.7    Household Assistance: Services for                     Yes            Template for 2.1 – 2.8
       Un/Unbanked*^
2.8    Household Assistance: Survivor's Benefits^             Yes            Template for 2.1 – 2.8
2.9    Unemployment Benefits or Cash Assistance to            No             Project Baseline Template
       Unemployed Workers*^
2.10   Assistance to Unemployed or Underemployed              Yes            Template for 1.11, 2.10
       Workers (e.g., job training, subsidized
       employment, employment supports or
       incentives) *^
2.11   Healthy Childhood Environments: Child Care*^           Yes            Template for 2.11 – 2.14
2.12   Healthy Childhood Environments: Home                   Yes            Template for 2.11 – 2.14
       Visiting*^
2.13   Healthy Childhood Environments: Services to            Yes            Template for 2.11 – 2.14
       Foster Youth or Families Involved in Child
       Welfare System*^
2.14   Healthy Childhood Environments: Early                  Yes            Template for 2.11 – 2.14
       Learning*^
2.15   Long-term Housing Security: Affordable                 Yes            Template for 2.15 – 2.18
       Housing*^
2.16   Long-term Housing Security: Services for               Yes            Template for 2.15 – 2.18
       Unhoused Persons*^
2.17   Housing Support: Housing Vouchers and                  Yes            Template for 2.15 – 2.18
       Relocation Assistance for Disproportionately
       Impacted Communities*^
2.18   Housing Support: Other Housing Assistance*^            Yes            Template for 2.15 – 2.18
2.19   Social Determinants of Health: Community               No             Project Baseline Template
       Health Workers or Benefits Navigators*^
2.20   Social Determinants of Health: Lead                    No             Project Baseline Template
       Remediation*^
2.21   Medical Facilities for Disproportionately              No             Project Baseline Template
       Impacted Communities^
2.22   Strong Healthy Communities: Neighborhood               No             Project Baseline Template
       Features that Promote Health and Safety^
2.23   Strong Healthy Communities: Demolition and             No             Project Baseline Template
       Rehabilitation of Properties^
       Addressing Educational Disparities: Aid to             Yes            Template for 2.24 – 2.27
2.24   High-Poverty Districts^
       Addressing Educational Disparities: Academic,          Yes            Template for 2.24 – 2.27
2.25   Social, and Emotional Services*^
       Addressing Educational Disparities: Mental             Yes            Template for 2.24 – 2.27
2.26   Health Services*^
2.27   Addressing Impacts of Lost Instructional Time^         Yes            Template for 2.24 – 2.27
2.28   Contributions to UI Trust Funds^                       No             Project Baseline Template
       Loans or Grants to Mitigate Financial                  Yes            Template for 1.8, 2.29-2.33
2.29
       Hardship^

                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                   122
                                                         Programmatic
                       Category                             Data?               Bulk Upload Template
        Technical Assistance, Counseling, or Business         Yes             Template for 1.8, 2.29-2.33
2.30
        Planning*^
        Rehabilitation of Commercial Properties or             Yes            Template for 1.8, 2.29-2.33
2.31
        Other Improvements^
        Business Incubators and Start-Up or                    Yes            Template for 1.8, 2.29-2.33
2.32
        Expansion Assistance*^
2.33    Enhanced Support to Microbusinesses*^                  Yes            Template for 1.8, 2.29-2.33
2.34    Assistance to Impacted Nonprofit                       Yes            Template for 1.9, 2.34
        Organizations (Impacted or Disproportionately
        Impacted)^
2.35    Aid to Tourism, Travel, or Hospitality^                No             Project Baseline Template
2.36    Aid to Other Impacted Industries^                      Yes            Template for 2.36
2.37    Economic Impact Assistance: Other*^                    No             Project Baseline Template
3 Expenditure Category: Services to Disproportionately Impacted Communities
3.1     Public Sector Workforce: Payroll and Benefits          Yes        Template for EC 3.1
        for Public Health, Public Safety, or Human
        Services Workers^
3.2     Public Sector Workforce: Rehiring Public               Yes        Template for EC 3.2
        Sector Staff^
3.3     Public Sector Workforce: Other^                         No        Project Baseline Template
3.4     Public Sector Capacity: Effective Service               No        Project Baseline Template
        Delivery^
3.5     Public Sector Capacity: Administrative Needs^           No        Project Baseline Template
4 Expenditure Category: Premium Pay
4.1     Public Sector Employees                                Yes            Template for EC 4.1 – 4.2
4.2     Private Sector: Grants to other employers              Yes            Template for EC 4.1 – 4.2
5 Expenditure Category: Infrastructure
5.1     Clean Water: Centralized Wastewater                    Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
        Treatment
5.2     Clean Water: Centralized Wastewater                    Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
        Collection and Conveyance
5.3     Clean Water: Decentralized Wastewater                  Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.4     Clean Water: Combined Sewer Overflows                  Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.5     Clean Water: Other Sewer Infrastructure                Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.6     Clean Water: Stormwater                                Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.7     Clean Water: Energy Conservation                       Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.8     Clean Water: Water Conservation                        Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.9     Clean Water: Nonpoint Source                           Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.10    Drinking water: Treatment                              Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.11    Drinking water: Transmission & Distribution            Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.12    Drinking water: Lead Remediation, including in         Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
        Schools and Daycares
5.13    Drinking water: Source                                 Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.14    Drinking water: Storage                                Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.15    Drinking water: Other water infrastructure             Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18

                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                  123
                                                           Programmatic
                     Category                                 Data?               Bulk Upload Template
5.16     Water and Sewer: Private Wells                         Yes             Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.17     Water and Sewer: IIJA Bureau of Reclamation             Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
         Match
5.18     Water and Sewer: Other                                  Yes            Template for EC 5.1 – 5.18
5.19     Broadband: “Last Mile” projects                         Yes            Template for EC 5.19-5.21
5.20     Broadband: IIJA Match                                   Yes            Template for EC 5.19-5.21
5.21     Broadband: Other projects                               Yes            Template for EC 5.19-5.21
6 Expenditure Category: Revenue Replacement
6.1      Provision of Government Services                        N/A            N/A
6.2      Non-federal match for other Federal Programs            N/A            N/A
7 Administrative and Other
7.1     Administrative Expenses                                  No             Project Baseline Template
7.2      Transfers to Other Units of Government                  No             Project Baseline Template
         Costs Associated with Satisfying Certain Legal          No             Project Baseline Template
         and Administrative Requirements of the SLFRF
7.3      Program After December 31, 2024
8 Natural Disasters
8.1      Temporary Emergency Housing                             Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.2      Food Assistance                                         Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.3      Financial Assistance for Lost Wages                     Yes            None, Manual Entry
         Other Immediate Needs: Emergency Protective             Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.4      Measures
8.5      Other Immediate Needs: Debris Removal                   Yes            None, Manual Entry
         Other Immediate Needs: Public Infrastructure            Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.6      Repair
         Other Immediate Needs: Home Repairs for                 Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.7      Uninhabitable Primary Residences
         Other Immediate Needs: Cash Assistance for              Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.8      Uninsured or Uninsured Expenses
         Other Immediate Needs: Cash Assistance for              Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.9      Low Income Households
         Other Immediate Needs: Increased                        Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.10     Operational and Payroll Costs
         Other Emergency Relief: Natural Disaster that           Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.11     has Occurred/Expected to Occur Imminently
8.12     Mitigation                                              Yes            None, Manual Entry
         Other Emergency Relief: Natural Disaster that           Yes            None, Manual Entry
8.13     is Threatened to Occur in the Future
9 Surface Transportation
         Surface Transportation Projects Receiving               Yes            None, Manual Entry
9.1      Funding from DOT
         Surface Transportation Projects Not Receiving           Yes            None, Manual Entry
9.2      Funding from DOT (streamlined framework)
         Non-federal share requirements for a Surface            Yes            None, Manual Entry
9.3      Transportation Project or repaying a TIFIA loan
10 Title I Projects

                           Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               124
                                                              Programmatic
                       Category                                  Data?           Bulk Upload Template
10.1    Acquisition of real property                               Yes         None, Manual Entry
        Acquisition, construction, reconstruction, or             Yes          None, Manual Entry
        installation of public works, sites, or other
10.2    public purposes
        Code enforcement in deteriorated or                       Yes          None, Manual Entry
10.3    deteriorating areas
        Clearance, demolition, removal, reconstruction,           Yes          None, Manual Entry
10.4    and rehabilitation
        Removal of barriers restricting mobility and              Yes          None, Manual Entry
        accessibility of elderly and handicapped
10.5    persons
        Payments to housing owners for losses of                  Yes          None, Manual Entry
        rental income for holding units for relocation of
10.6    displaced persons
10.7    Disposition of real property                              Yes          None, Manual Entry
10.8    Provision of public services                              Yes          None, Manual Entry
        Payment of non-federal match or cost-share                Yes          None, Manual Entry
        requirements of a federal financial assistance
        program in support of activities that would be
10.9    eligible under CDBG or ICDBG
        Relocation payments and assistance for                    Yes          None, Manual Entry
        displaced individuals, families, businesses,
10.10   organizations, and farm operations
        Community development plan or policy-                     Yes          None, Manual Entry
10.11   planning-management capacity development
        Payment of reasonable administrative costs for            Yes          None, Manual Entry
        establishing and administering federally
        approved enterprise zones, administering the
        HOME program, or planning and executing
10.12   community development and housing activities
        Provision of assistance for activities carried out        Yes          None, Manual Entry
10.13   by public or private nonprofit entities
        Assistance to neighborhood-based nonprofit                Yes          None, Manual Entry
        organizations and local development
        corporations and nonprofits serving the
        development needs of the communities in
10.14   nonentitlement areas
10.15   Development of energy use strategies                      Yes          None, Manual Entry
        Assistance to private, for-profit entities to carry       Yes          None, Manual Entry
10.16   out economic development projects
10.17   Rehabilitation of Development Housing                     Yes          None, Manual Entry
        Technical assistance to public or nonprofit               Yes          None, Manual Entry
        entities to increase their capacity to carry out
        neighborhood revitalization or economic
10.18   development activities
10.19   Housing services                                          Yes          None, Manual Entry
10.20   Assistance to institutions of higher education            Yes          None, Manual Entry
        Assistance to public and private organizations,           Yes          None, Manual Entry
        agencies, and other entities to facilitate
10.21   economic development

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              125
                                                         Programmatic
                         Category                           Data?               Bulk Upload Template
        Activities necessary to make essential repairs        Yes             None, Manual Entry
        and to pay operating expenses to maintain
        habitability of housing units acquired through
10.22   tax foreclosure proceedings
        Direct assistance to facilitate and expand             Yes            None, Manual Entry
10.23   homeownership
        Construction or improvement of tornado-safe-           Yes            None, Manual Entry
        shelters and assistance to nonprofit and for-
        profit entities for such construction or
10.24   improvement
        Lead-based paint hazard evaluation and                 Yes            None, Manual Entry
10.25   reduction




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              126
Appendix D – SLFRF Expenditure Category Programmatic Data and Other Information
The downloadable templates contain information required to create the upload files to include
required/optional fields, help text, and permissible data types.
The following table highlights the standard data elements required for the Project Bulk Upload
for Baseline Projects. Refer to Appendix C for the Expenditure Categories that this template
applies to.
                         Project Bulk Upload for Project Baseline Template Table
  Defined Term              Definition             Required/          List Values       Data Type       Max
                                                   Optional                                            Length

 Project            Per guidance, this field     Required       "1-Public Health"     Picklist (see   n/a
 Expenditure        represents the                              "2-Negative           permissible
 Category Group     predefined project                          Economic Impacts"     values in
                    expenditure category                        "3-Public Health-     previous
                                                                Negative Economic     column
                                                                Impact: Public
                                                                Sector Capacity"
                                                                "7-Administrative
                                                                and Other"
 Project            Per guidance, this field     Required       Refer to              Picklist (see   n/a
 Expenditure        represents and is aligned                   “Expenditure          permissible
 Category           to the project expenditure                  Categories covered    values in
                    category                                    by the Project        previous
                                                                Baseline Template”    column
                                                                table in Appendix B
 Project Name       Name of the project.         Required       n/a                   String          80




 Project            Identification number        Required       n/a                   Alphanumeric    20
 Identification     assigned to project by
 Number             recipient.
 (Assigned by
 recipient)

 Status of          Completion status of the     Required       "Not started",        Picklist (see   n/a
 Completion         project.                                    "Completed less       permissible
                                                                than 50%",            values in
                                                                "Completed 50% or     previous
                                                                more", "Completed"    column
 Project Start      Required date for            Conditional    n/a                   Date            n/a
 Date               “Completed less than
                    50%", "Completed 50%
                    or more", "Completed"

 Project End Date   Required date for            Conditional    n/a                   Data            n/a
                    "Completed"



 Cancelled Status   If you selected              Conditional    n/a                   String          255
 of Completion      “Cancelled” for the Status
 Explanation        of Completion, please
                    provide an explanation.

 Adopted Budget     Amount of the adopted        Required for   n/a                   Currency        n/a
                    budget for this project      Tier 1
                                                 recipients




                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                    127
 Defined Term                 Definition            Required/             List Values       Data Type       Max
                                                    Optional                                               Length

                                                  Optional for
                                                  other Tier
                                                  recipients


Total Cumulative      Total dollar value of       Required          n/a                   Currency        n/a
Obligations           obligations for this
                      project.


Total Cumulative      Total dollar value of       Required          n/a                   Currency        n/a
Expenditures          expenditures for this
                      project.


Current Period        Total dollar value of       Required          n/a                   Currency        n/a
Obligations           obligations for this
                      current reporting period


Current Period        Total dollar value of       Required          n/a                   Currency        n/a
Expenditures          expenditures for this
                      current reporting period


Does this project     Does this project include   Required for      Yes                   Picklist (see   n/a
include a capital     a capital expenditure       the following     No                    permissible
expenditure?                                      Expenditure                             values in
                                                  Categories:                             previous
                                                  1, 2, 3, 8.6,                           column)
                                                  8.7, 8.12, and
                                                  8.13


If yes, what is the   If you answered “yes” to    Conditional       n/a                   Currency        n/a
total expected        the previous question,
capital               enter the total dollar      Required if
expenditure?          value of the expected       you answered
                      capital expenditure         “Yes” to the
                                                  previous
                      Note: If the total          question
                      expected capital
                      expenditure is greater
                      than $10M, then labor
                      certifications are
                      required.
Capital               Type of Capital             Conditional       See Appendix H for    Picklist (see   n/a
Expenditure           Expenditure                                   the list of Capital   permissible
Type                                              Required if       Expenditure Types     values in
                                                  you answered                            previous
                                                  "Yes" for the                           column)
                                                  "Does this
                                                  project include
                                                  a capital
                                                  expenditure"
                                                  question and
                                                  the project is
                                                  in Expenditure
                                                  Category 1, 2,
                                                  or 3
Other Capital         If you selected "Other      Conditional       n/a                   String          255
Expenditure           (please specify)" for the
Explanation           Capital Expenditure         Required if
                      Type, please provide        your answer
                      more details.               to the
                                                  previous

                                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                      128
 Defined Term              Definition              Required/             List Values     Data Type     Max
                                                   Optional                                           Length

                                                 question was
                                                 “Other (please
                                                 specify)”


Capital            For recipients (other than    Conditional       n/a                 String        1500
Expenditure        Tribal governments)
Narrative          investing in projects with    Required if
                   total expected capital        you answered
                   expenditures for an           "Yes" for the
                   enumerated eligible use       "Does this
                   of $10 million or more, as    project include
                   well as projects with total   a capital
                   expected capital              expenditure"
                   expenditures for an           question
                   "other" use or in EC 8.12
                   of $1 million or more,
                   please provide a written
                   justification.
Project            Brief description of the      Required          n/a                 String        1,500
Description        project.



Program Income     Did this project earn         Required for      Yes/No              Picklist              n/a
                   program income?               all but EC 6
                                                 Projects.


Program Income     The amount of Federal         Optional          n/a                 Currency              n/a
earned prior to    program income earned
December 31,       prior to December 31,
2024               2024..

Program Income     The amount of Federal         Optional          n/a                 Currency              n/a
obligated of the   program income
amount earned      obligated prior to
prior to           December 31, 2024..
December 31,
2024
Program Income     The amount of program         Optional          n/a                 Currency              n/a
expended of the    income that was used to
amount earned      cover eligible project
prior to           costs.
December 31,
2024
Program Income     The amount of Federal         Optional          n/a                 Currency              n/a
earned after       program income earned
December 31,       post obligation deadline.
2024

Program Income     The amount of Federal         Optional          n/a                 Currency              n/a
obligated on       program income
project off the    obligated post obligation
amount earned      deadline.
after December
31, 2024
Program Income     The amount of program         Optional          n/a                 Currency              n/a
expended of the    income that was used to
amount earned      cover eligible project
after December     costs post obligation
31, 2024           deadline.




                               Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                  Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                        129
  Defined Term            Definition             Required/             List Values       Data Type      Max
                                                 Optional                                              Length

 Project          Impacted and/or              Conditional       See Appendix G for    Picklist (see       n/a
 Demographic      Disproportionally                              Project Demographic   permissible
 Distribution -   Impacted populations         Required for      Distribution          values in
 Primarily        served by this project.      the following     populations           previous
 Populations                                   Expenditure                             column)
 Served                                        Categories:
                                               1.1-7, 1.10,
                                               1.12-14, 2.9,
                                               2.19-23, 2.28,
                                               2.35, 2.37
 Project          If the selected              Conditional       n/a                   String              250
 Demographic      demographic includes
 Distribution –   'specify' please provide a   Required if the
 Primary          brief explanation            selected
 Populations                                   demographic
 Served                                        in the previous
 Explanation                                   question
                                               includes
                                               'specify'
 Project          Impacted and/or              Optional          See Appendix G for    Picklist (see       n/a
 Demographic      Disproportionally                              Project Demographic   permissible
 Distribution -   Impacted populations                           Distribution          values in
 Additional       served by this project.                        populations           previous
 Populations                                                                           column)
 Served
 Project          If the selected              Conditional       n/a                   String              250
 Demographic      demographic includes
 Distribution –   'specify' please provide a
 Secondary        brief explanation
 Populations
 Served
 Explanation
 Project          Impacted and/or              Optional          See Appendix G for    Picklist (see       n/a
 Demographic      Disproportionally                              Project Demographic   permissible
 Distribution -   Impacted populations                           Distribution          values in
 Additional       served by this project.                        populations           previous
 Populations                                                                           column)
 Served
 Project          If the selected              Conditional       n/a                   String              250
 Demographic      demographic includes
 Distribution –   'specify' please provide a
 Tertiary         brief explanation
 Populations
 Served
 Explanation
 Structure and    Description of structure     Required          n/a                   String              250
 objectives of    and objectives of
 assistance       assistance program(s),
 program          including public health or
                  negative economic
                  impact experienced
 Recipient’s      Description of recipient’s   Required          n/a                   String              250
 approach         approach to ensuring that
                  response is reasonable
                  and proportional to a
                  public health or negative
                  economic impact of
                  Covid-19, as described in
                  the final rule



Please note, under ECs 1, 2, 3, 8.6, 8.7, 8.12, and 8.13 where the total expected capital
expenditures are over $10 million, there are additional manually entered collection requirements


                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                       130
separate from those collected via bulk upload. Please view the “Additional manual entry for
all infrastructure projects” section for more details.


EC 1.1 – 1.7, 1.10
There is no additional programmatic data required for the following ECs:

     •   EC 1.1 COVID-19 Vaccination
     •   EC 1.2 COVID-19 Testing
     •   EC 1.3 Contact Tracing
     •   EC 1.4 Prevention in Congregate Settings (Nursing Homes, Prisons/Jails, Dense Work
         Sites, Schools, Childcare facilities, etc.)
     •   EC 1.5 Personal Protective Equipment
     •   EC 1.6 Medical Expenses (including Alternative Care Facilities)
     •   EC 1.7 Other COVID-19 Public Health Expenses (including Communications,
         Enforcement, Isolation/Quarantine)
     •   EC 1.10 COVID-19 Aid to Impacted Industries
EC 1.8, 2.29 - 2.33
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 1.8, 2.29 - 2.33 that can be provided via
bulk upload file or manual entry. The EC1.8, 2.29-2.33 Bulk File Upload Template contains
guidance to create the upload files to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help
text, and permissible data types.

     •   EC 1.8 COVID-19 Assistance to Small Businesses
     •   EC 2.29 Loans or Grants to Mitigate Financial Hardship
     •   EC 2.30 Technical Assistance, Counseling, or Business Planning
     •   EC 2.31 Rehabilitation of Commercial Properties or Other Improvements
     •   EC 2.32 Business Incubators and Start-Up or Expansion Assistance
     •   EC 2.33 Enhanced Support to Microbusinesses
In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:
  Defined Term        Definition         Required or     List Values     Data Type          Max
                                          Optional                                         Length

 Number of small   Number of small     Required        n/a             Numeric       n/a
 businesses        businesses
 served            served (by
                   program if
                   recipient
                   establishes
                   multiple separate
                   small businesses
                   assistance
                   programs)



EC 1.9, 2.34


                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          131
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 1.9, 2.34 that can be provided via bulk
upload file or manual entry. The EC 1.9, 2.34 Bulk File Upload Template contains guidance to
create the upload files to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help text, and
permissible data types.

    •    EC 1.9 COVID 19 Assistance to Non-Profits
    •    EC 2.34 Assistance to Impacted Nonprofit Organizations (Impacted or Disproportionately
         Impacted)
In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:
  Defined Term          Definition          Required or     List Values     Data Type          Max
                                             Optional                                         Length

 Non-Profits         Number of Non-       Required        n/a             Numeric       n/a
 Served              Profits served (by
                     program if
                     recipient
                     establishes
                     multiple separate
                     non-profit
                     assistance
                     programs)



EC 1.11, 2.10
For Tier 1 recipients, there is additional programmatic data required for EC 1.11, 2.10 that can
be provided via bulk upload file or manual entry. Treasury recognizes that recipients are
reporting a broad set of projects under the following expenditure categories. It may be the case
that a recipient is reporting a project under an expenditure category that is an eligible use of
SLFRF funds for that expenditure category, in accordance with the 2022 final rule, but is not
designed to meet the associated performance indicators. In these instances, recipients may
report a “0” in these data fields.

    •    EC 1.11 Community Violence Interventions
    •    EC 2.10 Assistance to Unemployed or Underemployed Workers (e.g., job training,
         subsidized employment, employment supports or incentives)
Note- This additional programmatic data is required for Tier 1 recipients only: states, U.S.
territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000
residents. Additional data to provide for EC 1.11, 2.10 is as follows:


  Defined Term          Definition          Required or     List Values     Data Type          Max
                                             Optional                                         Length

 Workers enrolled    Number of            Conditional     n/a             Numeric       n/a
 in sectoral job     workers enrolled
 training programs   in sectoral job
                     training programs
 Workers             Number of            Conditional     n/a             Numeric       n/a
 completing          workers
 sectoral job        completing
 training programs

                                 Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                    Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          132
  Defined Term          Definition        Required or     List Values      Data Type          Max
                                           Optional                                          Length

                    sectoral job
                    training programs
 People             Number of           Conditional     n/a             Numeric        n/a
 participating in   people
 summer youth       participating in
 employment         summer youth
 programs           employment
                    programs



EC 1.12 – 1.14
There is no additional programmatic data required for the following ECs:

     •     EC 1.12 Mental Health Services
     •     EC 1.13 Substance Use Services
     •     EC 1.14 Other Public Health Services
EC 2.1 – 2.8
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 2.1 – 2.8 that can be provided via bulk
upload file or manual entry. The EC 2.1-2.8 Bulk File Upload Template contains guidance to
create the upload files and to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help text, and
permissible data types. Treasury recognizes that recipients are reporting a broad set of projects
under the following expenditure categories. It may be the case that a recipient is reporting a
project under an expenditure category that is an eligible use of SLFRF funds for that
expenditure category, in accordance with the 2022 final rule, but is not designed to meet the
associated performance indicators. In these instances, recipients may report a “0” in these data
fields.

    •     EC 2.1 Household Assistance: Food Programs
    •     EC 2.2 Household Assistance: Rent, Mortgage, and Utility Aid
    •     EC 2.3 Household Assistance: Cash Transfers
    •     EC 2.4 Household Assistance: Internet Access Programs
    •     EC 2.5 Household Assistance: Paid Sick and Medical Leave
    •     EC 2.6 Household Assistance: Health Insurance
    •     EC 2.7 Household Assistance: Services for Un/Unbanked
    •     EC 2.8 Household Assistance: Survivor's Benefits

In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:


  Defined Term          Definition        Required or     List Values      Data Type          Max
                                           Optional                                          Length

 Number             Number of           Required        n/a             Numeric        n/a
 Households         households
 Served             served (by
                    program if
                    recipient

                                 Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                    Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         133
  Defined Term      Definition       Required or     List Values      Data Type    Max
                                      Optional                                    Length

                 establishes
                 multiple separate
                 household
                 assistance
                 programs)



For Tier 1 recipients only, there is additional programmatic data required for EC 2.2 that can be
provided via bulk upload file or manual entry.
Note- This additional programmatic data is required for Tier 1 recipients only: states, U.S.
territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000
residents. Additional data to provide for EC 2.2 is as follows:

   •   Number of households receiving eviction prevention services (including legal
       representation)
EC 2.9, 2.11 – 2.13
There is no additional programmatic data required for the following ECs:

   •   EC 2.9 Unemployment Benefits or Cash Assistance to Unemployed Workers
   •   EC 2.11 Healthy Childhood Environments: Child Care
   •   EC 2.12 Healthy Childhood Environments: Home Visiting
   •   EC 2.13 Healthy Childhood Environments: Services to Foster Youth or Families Involved
       in Child Welfare System


EC 2.11 – 2.14
For Tier 1 recipients only, there is additional programmatic data required for EC 2.11 – 2.14 that
can be provided via bulk upload file or manual entry. Treasury recognizes that recipients are
reporting a broad set of projects under the following expenditure categories. It may be the case
that a recipient is reporting a project under an expenditure category that is an eligible use of
SLFRF funds for that expenditure category, in accordance with the 2022 final rule, but is not
designed to meet the associated performance indicators. In these instances, recipients may
report a “0” in these data fields.

   •   EC 2.11 Healthy Childhood Environments: Child Care
   •   EC 2.12 Healthy Childhood Environments: Home Visiting
   •   EC 2.13 Healthy Childhood Environments: Services to Foster Youth or Families Involved
       in Child Welfare System
   •   EC 2.14 Healthy Childhood Environments: Early Learning
Note- This additional programmatic data is required for Tier 1 recipients only: states, U.S.
territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000
residents. Additional data to provide for EC 2.11 – 2.14 is as follows:



                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                       134
  Defined Term           Definition          Required or     List Values     Data Type          Max
                                              Optional                                         Length

 Children served      Number of            Conditional     n/a             Numeric       n/a
 by childcare and     children served
 early learning       by childcare and
 services (pre-       early learning
 school/pre-          services (pre-
 K/ages 3-5)          school/pre-
                      K/ages 3-5)
 Families served      Number of            Conditional     n/a             Numeric       n/a
 by home visiting     families served
                      by home visiting




EC 2.15 – 2.18
For Tier 1 recipients only, there is additional programmatic data required for EC 2.15 – 2.18 that
can be provided via bulk upload file or manual entry. Treasury recognizes that recipients are
reporting a broad set of projects under the following expenditure categories. It may be the case
that a recipient is reporting a project under an expenditure category that is an eligible use of
SLFRF funds for that expenditure category, in accordance with the 2022 final rule, but is not
designed to meet the associated performance indicators. In these instances, recipients may
report a “0” in these data fields.

    •    EC 2.15 Long-Term Housing Security: Affordable Housing
    •    EC 2.16 Long-Term Housing Security: Services for Unhoused persons
    •    EC 2.17 Housing Support: Housing Vouchers and Relocation Assistance for
         Disproportionately Impacted Communities
    •    EC 2.18 Housing Support: Other Housing Assistance
Note- This additional programmatic data is required for Tier 1 recipients only: states, U.S.
territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000
residents. Additional data to provide for EC 2.15 – 2.18 is as follows:
  Defined Term           Definition          Required or     List Values     Data Type          Max
                                              Optional                                         Length

 Households           Number of            Conditional     n/a             Numeric       n/a
 receiving eviction   households
 prevention           receiving eviction
 services             prevention
                      services
                      (including legal
                      representation)
 Affordable                                Conditional     n/a             Numeric       n/a
 housing units        Number of
 preserved or         affordable
 developed            housing units
                      preserved or
                      developed




                                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          135
EC 2.24 - 2.27
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 2.24 - 2.27 that can be provided via bulk
upload file or manual entry. The EC 2.24-2.27 Bulk File Upload Template contains guidance to
create the upload files and to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help text, and
permissible data types. Treasury recognizes that recipients are reporting a broad set of projects
under the following expenditure categories. It may be the case that a recipient is reporting a
project under an expenditure category that is an eligible use of SLFRF funds for that
expenditure category, in accordance with the 2022 final rule, but is not designed to meet the
associated performance indicators. In these instances, recipients may report a “0” in these data
fields.

    •   EC 2.24 Addressing Educational Disparities: Aid to High-Poverty Districts
    •   EC 2.25 Addressing Educational Disparities: Academic, Social, and Emotional Services
    •   EC 2.26 Addressing Educational Disparities: Mental Health Services
    •   EC 2.27 Addressing Impacts of Lost Instructional Time
In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:
  Defined Term        Definition         Required or     List Values     Data Type          Max
                                          Optional                                         Length

 The National      The National        Required        n/a             Numeric       n/a
 Center for        Center for
 Education         Education
 Statistics        Statistics
 (“NCES”) School   (“NCES”) School
 ID or NCES        ID or NCES
 District ID.      District ID.
                   Separate IDs
                   with commas for
                   multiple entries.



Policy Information
When providing the National Center for Education Statistics (“NCES”) School ID or NCES
District ID, please list the School District if all schools within the school district received some
funds. If not all schools within the school district received funds, please list the School ID of the
schools that received funds. These can allow evaluators to link data from the NCES to look at
school-level demographics and, eventually, student performance. For more information on
NCES identification numbers see https://nces.ed.gov/ccd/districtsearch/ (districts) and
https://nces.ed.gov/ccd/schoolsearch/ (schools).
For Tier 1 recipients only, there is additional programmatic data required for EC 2.24 – 2.27 that
can be provided via bulk upload file or manual entry.
Note- This additional programmatic data is required for Tier 1 recipients only: states, U.S.
territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000
residents. Additional data to provide for EC 2.24 – 2.27 is as follows:

    •   Number of students participating in evidence-based tutoring programs
EC 2.19 – 2.23, 2.28, 2.35, 2.37
                               Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                  Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         136
There is no additional programmatic data required for the following ECs:

     •    EC 2.19 Social Determinants of Health: Community Health Workers or Benefits
          Navigators
     •    EC 2.20 Social Determinants of Health: Lead Remediation
     •    EC 2.21 Medical Facilities for Disproportionately Impacted Communities
     •    EC 2.22 Strong Healthy Communities: Neighborhood Features that Promote Health and
          Safety
     •    EC 2.23 Strong Healthy Communities: Demolition and Rehabilitation of Properties
     •    EC 2.28 Contributions to UI Trust funds
     •    EC 2.35 Aid to Tourism Travel or Hospitality
     •    EC 2.37 Economic Impact Assistance: Other
EC 2.36
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 2.36 that can be provided via bulk upload
file or manual entry. The EC 2.36 Bulk File Upload Template contains guidance to create the
upload files to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help text, and permissible data
types.

    •    EC 2.36 Aid to Other Impacted Industries
In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:
  Defined Term       Definition          Required or     List Values      Data Type          Max
                                          Optional                                          Length

 Industry other   If aid is provided   Required        n/a             Text           250
 than tourism     to industries
 Narrative        other than travel,
                  tourism, and
                  hospitality (EC
                  2.36), please
                  describe if the
                  industry
                  experienced at
                  least 8 percent
                  employment loss
                  from pre-
                  pandemic levels,
                  or the industry is
                  experiencing
                  comparable or
                  worse economic
                  impacts as the
                  national tourism,
                  travel, and
                  hospitality
                  industries as of
                  the date of the
                  Final Rule, and
                  rationale for
                  providing aide to
                  the industry



EC 3.1

                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           137
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 3.1 that can be provided via bulk upload
file or manual entry. The EC 3.1 Template contains guidance to create the upload files to
include data instructions, required/optional fields, help text, and permissible data types.

    •    3.1 Public Sector Workforce: Payroll and Benefits for Public Health, Public Safety, or
         Human Services Workers
In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:
  Defined Term        Definition       Required or     List Values     Data Type     Max
                                        Optional                                    Length

 Number of         Number of         Required        n/a             Numeric                 n/a
 government FTE    government FTE
 responding to     responding to
 COVID-19          COVID-19
 supported under   supported under
 this authority    this authority


EC 3.2
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 3.2 that can be provided via bulk upload
file or manual entry. The EC 3.2 Bulk File Upload Template contains guidance to create the
upload files to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help text, and permissible data
types.

    •    3.2 Public Sector Workforce: Rehiring Public Sector Staff
In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:
  Defined Term        Definition       Required or     List Values     Data Type     Max
                                        Optional                                    Length

 Number of FTEs    Number of FTEs    Required        n/a             Numeric                 n/a
 rehired by        rehired by
 governments       governments
 under this        under this
 authority         authority


EC 3.3 – 3.5
There is no additional programmatic data required for the following ECs:

    •    EC 3.3 Public Sector Workforce: Other
    •    EC 3.4 Public Sector Capacity: Effective Service Delivery
    •    EC 3.5 Public Sector Capacity: Administrative Needs


EC 4.1–4.2 (Premium Pay)
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 4.1 – 4.2 that can be provided via bulk
upload file or manual entry. The EC 4.1-4.2 Bulk File Upload Template contains guidance to
create the upload files to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help text, and
permissible data types.
                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          138
    •     EC 4.1 Public Sector Employees
    •     EC 4.2 Private Sector: Grants to other employers
In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:
  Defined Term            Definition          Required or      List Values          Data Type    Max
                                               Optional                                         Length

 Sectors              List of sectors       Required        Valid entries for    String                  1500
 designated as        designated as                         Sectors
 essential critical   essential critical                    designated as
 infrastructure       infrastructure                        essential critical
 sectors              sector                                infrastructure
                                                            sectors. (See
                                                            Appendix E)
 Number of            Number of             Required        n/a                  Numeric                  n/a
 workers to be        workers to be
 served               served
 Premium Pay          For groups of         Required        n/a                  String                  3000
 Narrative            workers that do
                      not meet one of
                      the two criteria
                      below, submit a
                      written
                      justification to
                      Treasury
                      describing how
                      the premium pay
                      or grant is
                      responsive to
                      workers
                      performing
                      essential work
                      during the public
                      health
                      emergency
                      unless the worker
                      or groups of
                      workers receiving
                      premium pay
                      meet one of two
                      criteria: (1) the
                      eligible worker(s)
                      receiving
                      premium pay
                      earn (with the
                      premium
                      included) below
                      150 percent of
                      their residing
                      state or county’s
                      average annual
                      wage for all
                      occupations, as
                      defined by the
                      Bureau of Labor
                      Statistics
                      Occupational
                      Employment and
                      Wage Statistics;
                      or (2) the eligible
                      worker(s)
                      receiving
                      premium pay is
                      not exempt from
                      the Fair Labor

                                   Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                      Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                 139
  Defined Term      Definition      Required or     List Values      Data Type    Max
                                     Optional                                    Length

                 Standards Act
                 overtime
                 provisions.
 K-12 Workers    Number of        Required        n/a             Numeric                 n/a
 Served          workers to be
                 served with
                 premium pay in
                 K-12 schools



In addition, please see Section IV.d.1 Step 5 and Appendix E for additional information needed
on sub-awards supporting projects in these Expenditure Categories.
Note- Recipients that are either creating or supporting a Premium Pay program should
reference the final rule, the Overview of the Final Rule, and the SLFRF FAQs for information
regarding this eligible use.
EC 5.1–5.18
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 5.1 – 5.18 that can be provided via bulk
upload file or manual entry. There is also additional programmatic data required for all projects
that can only be entered via manual entry. The EC 5.1-5.18 Bulk File Upload Template contains
guidance to create the upload files to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help
text, and permissible data.

    •   5.1-Clean Water: Centralized wastewater treatment
    •   5.2-Clean Water: Centralized wastewater collection and conveyance
    •   5.3 Clean Water: Decentralized wastewater
    •   5.4 Clean Water: Combined sewer overflows
    •   5.5 Clean Water: Other sewer infrastructure
    •   5.6 Clean Water: Stormwater
    •   5.7 Clean Water: Energy conservation
    •   5.8 Clean Water: Water conservation
    •   5.9 Clean Water: Nonpoint source
    •   5.10 Drinking water: Treatment
    •   5.11 Drinking water: Transmission & distribution
    •   5.12 Drinking water: Lead Remediation, including in Schools and Daycares
    •   5.13 Drinking water: Source
    •   5.14 Drinking water: Storage
    •   5.15 Drinking water: Other water infrastructure
    •   5.16 Water and Sewer: Private Wells
    •   5.17 Water and Sewer: IIJA Bureau of Reclamation Match
    •   5.18 Water and Sewer: Other
In addition to the project base information noted in the Project Bulk Upload for Base Projects
table above, additional data to provide is as follows:




                           Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          140
 Defined Term           Definition          Required or         List Values       Data Type    Max
                                             Optional                                         Length

Projected/actual     Projected/actual     Conditional         n/a              Date                     10
construction start   construction start
date                 date                 REQUIRED if the
                                          project has
                                          started.

                                          NOT REQUIRED
                                          if you selected
                                          "Not Started" for
                                          the "Status to
                                          Completion"
                                          question.
Projected/actual     Projected/actual     Conditional         n/a              Date                     10
initiation of        initiation of
operations date      operations date      REQUIRED if the
                                          project has
                                          started.

                                          NOT REQUIRED
                                          if you selected
                                          "Not Started" for
                                          the "Status to
                                          Completion"
                                          question.
Location Type        Location Type        Conditional         -Latitude /      Picklist                n/a
                     (for broadband,                          longitude
                     geospatial           REQUIRED if the     (WGS84 or
                     location data)       project has         NAD83
                                          started.            geographic
                                                              coordinate
                                          NOT REQUIRED        system)
                                          if you selected     -Address
                                          "Not Started" for   -Address Range
                                          the "Status to      -Road Segment
                                          Completion"
                                          question.
Location Details     Location Details     Conditional         n/a              text                    100
                     (for broadband,
                     geospatial           REQUIRED if the
                     location data)       project has
                                          started.

                                          NOT REQUIRED
                                          if you selected
                                          "Not Started" for
                                          the "Status to
                                          Completion"
                                          question.
NPDES Number         National             Conditional         n/a              text                     50
                     Pollutant
                     Discharge            REQUIRED if the
                     Elimination          project has
                     System (NPDES)       started.
                     Permit Number (if
                                          NOT REQUIRED
                     applicable; for
                                          if you selected
                     projects aligned
                                          "Not Started" for
                     with the Clean       the "Status to
                     Water State          Completion"
                     Revolving Fund)      question.




                                 Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                    Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                141
  Defined Term            Definition         Required or         List Values      Data Type    Max
                                              Optional                                        Length

 PWS ID Number         Public Water        Conditional         n/a             text                    50
                       System (PWS) ID
                       number (if          REQUIRED if the
                       applicable; for     project has
                       projects aligned    started.
                       with the Drinking
                                           NOT REQUIRED
                       Water State
                                           if you selected
                       Revolving Fund)
                                           "Not Started" for
                                           the "Status to
                                           Completion"
                                           question.
 Median                Median              Conditional         n/a             currency                n/a
 Household             Household
 Income of             Income of service   REQUIRED if the
 service area          area                project has
                                           started.

                                           NOT REQUIRED
                                           if you selected
                                           "Not Started" for
                                           the "Status to
                                           Completion"
                                           question.
 Lowest Quintile       Lowest Quintile     Conditional         n/a             currency                n/a
 Income of the         Income of the
 service area          service area        REQUIRED if the
                                           project has
                                           started.

                                           NOT REQUIRED
                                           if you selected
                                           "Not Started" for
                                           the "Status to
                                           Completion"
                                           question.



Note- Recipients should use the following definitions when evaluating information:

         •      Median Household Income of service area
         •      Lowest Quintile Income of the service area
                   o     For median income and lowest quintile income of Census Tracts and other
                         geographic areas, recipients should refer to the most recent American
                         Community Survey 5-year estimates available through the Census website.


After the bulk upload of EC 5.1 – 5.18 infrastructure project information, manual entry of
additional programmatic data will be required in Treasury’s Portal.
EC 5.19–5.21
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 5.19 – 5.21 that can be provided via bulk
upload file. The EC 5.19-5.21 Bulk File Upload Template contains guidance to create the upload
files to include data instructions, required/optional fields, help text, and permissible data.

    •    5.19 Broadband: “Last Mile” projects
    •    5.20 Broadband: IIJA Match

                                  Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                     Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               142
   •    5.21 Broadband: Other projects
 Defined Term           Definition          Required or         List Values      Data Type          Max
                                             Optional                                              Length

Projected/actual     Projected/actual     Conditional         n/a             Date                          10
construction start   construction start
date                 date                 REQUIRED if the
                                          project has
                                          started.

                                          NOT REQUIRED
                                          if you selected
                                          "Not Started" for
                                          the "Status to
                                          Completion"
                                          question.
Projected/actual     Projected/actual     Conditional         n/a             Date                          10
initiation of        initiation of
operations date      operations date      REQUIRED if the
                                          project has
                                          started.

                                          NOT REQUIRED
                                          if you selected
                                          "Not Started" for
                                          the "Status to
                                          Completion"
                                          question.
Download and         Confirm that the     Conditional         Yes/No          Picklist       N/A
Upload Speeds 1      project is
                     designed to,
                     upon completion,     REQUIRED if the
                     reliably meet or     project has
                     exceed               started.
                     symmetrical 100
                                          NOT REQUIRED
                     Mbps download
                                          if you selected
                     and upload           "Not Started" for
                     speeds.              the "Status to
                                          Completion"
                                          question.
Download and         If the project is    Conditional         N/A             Text           N/A
Upload Speeds 2      not designed to
                     reliably meet or     REQUIRED if the
                     exceed               project has
                     symmetrical 100      started.
                     Mbps download
                                          NOT REQUIRED
                     and upload
                                          if you selected
                     speeds, explain
                                          "Not Started" for
                     why not.             the "Status to
                                          Completion"
                                          question.




                                 Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                    Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                    143
  Defined Term        Definition        Required or         List Values      Data Type          Max
                                         Optional                                              Length

 Download and      Confirm that the   Conditional         Yes/No          Picklist       N/A
 Upload Speeds 3   project is
                   designed to,       REQUIRED if the
                   upon completion,   project has
                   meet or exceed     started.
                   symmetrical 100
                   Mbps download      NOT REQUIRED
                   speed and          if you selected
                   between at least   "Not Started" for
                   20 Mbps and 100    the "Status to
                   Mbps upload        Completion"
                   speed, and be      question.
                   scalable to a
                   minimum of 100
                   Mbps download
                   speed and 100
                   Mbps upload
                   speed.



After the bulk upload of EC 5.19 – 5.21 infrastructure project information, manual entry of
additional programmatic data will be required in Treasury’s Portal.
a) Additional manual entry for all infrastructure projects
            1. Location
            2. For projects over $10 million in expected total cost
                    i. Complete Davis-Bacon certification or provide the following:
                          • Number of employees of contractors and sub-contractors working
                              on the project (number)
                          • Number of employees on the project hired directly (number)
                          • Number of employees on the project hired through a third party
                              (number)
                          • Wages and benefits of workers on the project by classification
                              (rich text field)
                          • Are any of the wages at rates less than those prevailing? (Y/N)
                   ii. Complete certification for labor agreements or provide the following:
                          • How will the recipient ensure the project has ready access to a
                              sufficient supply of appropriately skilled and unskilled labor to
                              ensure high-quality construction throughout the life of the project,
                              including a description of any required professional certifications
                              and/or in-house training? (text box)
                          • How will the recipient minimize risks of labor disputes and
                              disruptions that would jeopardize timeliness and cost-
                              effectiveness of the project? (text box)
                          • How will the recipient provide a safe and healthy workplace that
                              avoids delays and costs associated with workplace illnesses,
                              injuries, and fatalities, including descriptions of safety training,
                              certification, and/or licensure requirements for all relevant workers
                              (e.g., OSHA 10, OSHA 30);”? (text box)


                             Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               144
                         •  Will workers on the project receive wages and benefits that will
                            secure an appropriately skilled workforce in the context of the
                            local and regional labor market? (Y/N)
                         • Does the project have a completed project labor agreement?
                            (Y/N)
                 iii. Respond to the question, Does the project prioritize local hires? (Y/N)
                 iv. Respond to the question, Does the project have a Community Benefit
                      Agreement, with a description of any such agreement? (Y/N)
b) Additional manual entry for Broadband Projects Expenditure Categories (5.19 – 5.21):
      1.       Projected/actual construction start date
      2.       Projected/actual initiation of operations date
      3.       Is the project designed to, upon completion, reliably meet or exceed symmetrical
      100 Mbps download and upload speeds?
                         i. If the project is not designed to reliably meet or exceed symmetrical
                            100 Mbps download and upload speeds, explain why not, and
                        ii. Confirm that the project is designed to, upon completion, reliably meet
                            or exceed 100 Mbps download speed and between at least 20 Mbps
                            and 100 Mbps upload speed, and be scalable to a minimum of 100
                            Mbps download speed and 100 Mbps upload speed.
      4.       Planned Technology Type
                     i. If Technology Type is “Other”, please specify type
      5.       Actual Technology Type
                    ii. If Technology Type is “Other”, please specify type
      6.       Planned Total Miles of Fiber Deployed
      7.       Actual Total Miles of Fiber Deployed
      8.       Total number of funded locations
      9.       Total number of funded locations served below 25/3 Mbps (pre-SLFRF
      investment)
      10.      Total number of funded locations served receiving 25/3 Mbps or greater but less
      than 100/20 Mbps (pre-SLFRF investment)
      11.      Total number receiving minimum 100/100 Mbps (post-SLFRF investment)
      12.      Total number receiving minimum 100/20 Mbps and scalable to 100/100 Mbps
      (post-SLFRF investment)
      13.      Total number of funded locations served by type
                   iii. Residential
                   iv. Total Housing Units
                    v. Business
                   vi. Community Anchor Institution
      14.      Provide an explanation if the sum of residential, business and community anchor
      institutions does not equal Total Number of Funded Locations served
                         i. Planned
                        ii. Actual
      15.      Confirm that the service provider for the project has, or will upon completion of
      the project, either participated in the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
      Affordable Connectivity Program (ACP) or otherwise provided access to a broad-based
      affordability program that provides benefits to households commensurate with those
                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            145
         provided under the ACP to low-income consumers in the proposed service area of the
         broadband infrastructure (applicable only to projects that provide service to households).
         16.    Template upload for project locations
EC 6.1 and 6.2
There is no additional programmatic data required for EC 6.1 Revenue Replacement or EC 6.2
Non-federal match for other Federal Programs and there is no bulk upload template option. For
EC 6.2, recipients should note the program name and assistance listing of the other federal
program that is being matched in the project description.
In addition, note that projects reported under EC 6.1 and EC 6.2 do not have subawards, so
recipients will not report subrecipients, subawards, expenditures (for subawards or in
aggregate). Entry screens for EC 6.1 and 6.2 will have the following fields greyed out and
unavailable for entry: Subrecipient module, Subaward Module, Expenditure Module.
In situations where recipients have changed a project’s expenditure category to EC 6.1 or EC
6.2, a warning sign will appear on the Project Overview page for the Obligation and Expenditure
statuses for that project if subaward, and/or subaward/aggregate expenditure records exist.
Functionality is available by clicking on the warning sign to efficiently delete any associated
records created in the Subaward or Expenditure module for that project.


EC 7.1 – 7.3
There is no additional programmatic data required for ECs 7.1-7.2. There is additional
programmatic data required for EC 7.3 that would be provided via manual entry or the bulk
upload templates.

     •    EC 7.1 Administrative Expenses
     •    EC 7.2 Transfers to Other Units of Government
     •    EC 7.3 Costs Associated with Satisfying Certain Legal and Administrative Requirements
          of the SLFRF Program After December 31, 2024
  Defined Term       Definition          Required or     List Values          Data Type    Max
                                          Optional                                        Length

 Subrecipients    In accordance        Required        1. Subrecipient     Picklist                n/a
 UEI              with the SLFRF                       facing delay in
                  Financial                            obtaining UEI
                  Assistance                           from the U.S.
                  Agreement, you                       General Services
                  must include your                    Administration.
                  subrecipients’                       2. Recipient was
                  UEIs in the                          delayed in
                  SLFRF Project                        collecting a UEI
                  and Expenditure                      from its
                  report. Select the                   subrecipient due
                  justification for                    to recipient’s
                  the missing UEI                      internal control
                  for the reported                     issue and
                  subrecipient:                        recipient must
                                                       describe the
                                                       internal control
                                                       issue.
                                                       3. Recipient was
                                                       unable to contact
                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               146
  Defined Term         Definition        Required or          List Values           Data Type    Max
                                          Optional                                              Length

                                                           subrecipient;
                                                           Recipient is
                                                           continuing to
                                                           work to collect its
                                                           subrecipient’s
                                                           UEI.
                                                           4. Recipient was
                                                           unable to contact
                                                           subrecipient;
                                                           Services the
                                                           subrecipient
                                                           provided were
                                                           completed prior
                                                           to April 4, 2022.



EC 8.1 – 8.13
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 8.1 – 8.13 that can be provided via
manual entry.

     •    EC 8.1 Temporary Emergency Housing
     •    EC 8.2 Food Assistance
     •    EC 8.3 Financial Assistance for Lost Wages
     •    EC 8.4 Other Immediate Needs: Emergency Protective Measures
     •    EC 8.5 Other Immediate Needs: Debris Removal
     •    EC 8.6 Other Immediate Needs: Public Infrastructure Repair
     •    EC 8.7 Other Immediate Needs: Home Repairs for Uninhabitable Primary Residences
     •    EC 8.8 Other Immediate Needs: Cash Assistance for Uninsured or Uninsured Expenses
     •    EC 8.9 Other Immediate Needs: Cash Assistance for Low Income Households
     •    EC 8.10 Other Immediate Needs: Increased Operational and Payroll Costs
     •    EC 8.11 Other Emergency Relief: natural Disaster that has Occurred/Expected to Occur
          Imminently
     •    EC 8.12 Mitigation
     •    EC 8.13 Other Emergency Relief: Natural Disaster that is Threatened to Occur in the
          Future




  Defined Term         Definition        Required or          List Values           Data Type    Max
                                          Optional                                              Length

 Identify the       Identify the       Required for 8.1-   -Emergency            Picklist                n/a
 natural disaster   natural disaster   8.11 only           Declaration or
 declaration or     declaration or                         Major Declaration
 designation        designation                            pursuant to the
                                                           Robert T.
                                                           Stafford Disaster
                                                           Relief and
                                                           Emergency
                                                           Assistance Act

                                                           -Emergency
                                                           declaration by
                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                   147
 Defined Term        Definition          Required or      List Values           Data Type    Max
                                          Optional                                          Length

                                                        the Governor of a
                                                        state pursuant to
                                                        respective state
                                                        law without a
                                                        Stafford Act
                                                        Declaration

                                                        -Emergency
                                                        declaration by a
                                                        Tribal
                                                        government
                                                        without a Stafford
                                                        Act Declaration

                                                        - Designation of
                                                        an event of a
                                                        natural disaster
                                                        by the chief
                                                        executive or
                                                        equivalent of
                                                        recipient
                                                        government with
                                                        the event
                                                        meeting the
                                                        definition of
                                                        natural disaster
                                                        that does not
                                                        also have a
                                                        Stafford Act
                                                        Declaration or a
                                                        declaration by
                                                        the Governor of a
                                                        state pursuant to
                                                        respective state
                                                        law
Provide the      Provide the        Conditional         n/a                  Text                    10
declaration      declaration
identification   identification     REQUIRED if
number           number             Emergency
                                    Declaration or
                                    Major Declaration
                                    pursuant to the
                                    Robert T.
                                    Stafford Disaster
                                    Relief and
                                    Emergency
                                    Assistance Act
                                    was selected

                                    NOT REQUIRED
                                    if Emergency
                                    declaration by
                                    the Governor of a
                                    state pursuant to
                                    respective state
                                    law without a
                                    Stafford Act
                                    Declaration

                                    or

                                    Emergency
                                    declaration by a
                                    Tribal
                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                148
 Defined Term           Definition            Required or       List Values      Data Type    Max
                                               Optional                                      Length

                                         government
                                         without a Stafford
                                         Act Declaration
                                         selected

                                         Or

                                         Designation of an
                                         event of a natural
                                         disaster by the
                                         chief executive or
                                         equivalent of
                                         recipient
                                         government with
                                         the event
                                         meeting the
                                         definition of
                                         natural disaster
                                         that does not
                                         also have a
                                         Stafford Act
                                         Declaration or a
                                         declaration by
                                         the Governor of a
                                         state pursuant to
                                         respective state
                                         law selected
SLFRF funds          Confirm if SLFRF    Conditional          Yes/No          Picklist                N/A
provided financial   funds provided
assistance to a      financial           REQUIRED if
person, business     assistance to a     Emergency
concern, or other    person, business    Declaration or
entity with          concern, or other   Major Declaration
respect to           entity with         pursuant to the
disaster losses      respect to          Robert T.
                     disaster losses     Stafford Disaster
                                         Relief and
                                         Emergency
                                         Assistance Act
                                         was selected

                                         NOT REQUIRED
                                         if Emergency
                                         declaration by
                                         the Governor of a
                                         state pursuant to
                                         respective state
                                         law without a
                                         Stafford Act
                                         Declaration

                                         or

                                         Emergency
                                         declaration by a
                                         Tribal
                                         government
                                         without a Stafford
                                         Act Declaration
                                         selected

                                         Or



                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                149
  Defined Term         Definition          Required or          List Values      Data Type    Max
                                            Optional                                         Length

                                         Designation of an
                                         event of a natural
                                         disaster by the
                                         chief executive or
                                         equivalent of
                                         recipient
                                         government with
                                         the event
                                         meeting the
                                         definition of
                                         natural disaster
                                         that does not
                                         also have a
                                         Stafford Act
                                         Declaration or a
                                         declaration by
                                         the Governor of a
                                         state pursuant to
                                         respective state
                                         law selected

 Duplication of     Have SLFRF           Required for 8.1-    Yes/No          Picklist                N/A
 Benefits           funds provided       8.11 only
                    financial
                    assistance to a
                    person, business
                    concern, or other
                    entity with
                    respect to
                    disaster losses?
                    Disaster losses
                    are losses
                    suffered as a
                    result of a major
                    disaster or
                    emergency
                    declared under
                    the Stafford Act.'
                    to the 'Yes' value

 Project Start      Date the project     Required             N/A             Date                    N/A
 Date               started
 Project End Date   Date the project     Required             N/A             Date                    N/A
                    ended



EC 9.1 – 9.3
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 9.1-9.3 that can be provided via manual
entry.

     •    EC 9.1 Surface Transportation Projects Receiving Funding from DOT
     •    EC 9.2 Surface Transportation Projects Not Receiving Funding from DOT (streamlined
          framework)
     •    EC 9.3 Non-federal share requirements for a Surface Transportation Project or repaying
          a TIFIA loan




                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                150
 Defined Term         Definition          Required or        List Values           Data Type    Max
                                           Optional                                            Length

Supplement, Not   The SLFRF             Required           Yes/No               Picklist                N/A
Supplant          funds used for
Attestation       this project are
                  supplementing
                  not supplanting
                  other federal,
                  state, territorial,
                  Tribal, and local
                  government
                  funds (as
                  applicable) that
                  are otherwise
                  available for
                  these projects
Surface           Surface               Required for 9.1   * INFRA Grants       Picklist                N/A
Transportation    Transportation        only               * National
Projects          Projects                                 Highway
Receiving         Receiving                                Performance
Funding from      Funding from                             Program (NHPP)
Department of     Department of                            * Bridge
Transportation    Transportation                           Investment
(DOT)             (DOT)                                    Program (BIP)
                                                           * Surface
                                                           Transportation
                                                           Block Grant
                                                           Program (STBG)
                                                           * Highway Safety
                                                           Improvement
                                                           Program (HSIP)
                                                           * Congestion
                                                           Mitigation and Air
                                                           Quality
                                                           Improvement
                                                           Program (CMAQ)
                                                           * Charging and
                                                           Fueling
                                                           Infrastructure
                                                           Discretionary
                                                           Grant Program
                                                           (CFI Program)
                                                           * Territorial and
                                                           Puerto Rico
                                                           Highway
                                                           Program
                                                           * National
                                                           Highway Freight
                                                           Program (NHFP)
                                                           * Rural Surface
                                                           Transportation
                                                           Grant Program
                                                           * Carbon
                                                           Reduction
                                                           Program (CRP)
                                                           * Promoting
                                                           Resilient
                                                           Operations for
                                                           Transformative,
                                                           Efficient, and
                                                           Cost-Saving
                                                           Transportation
                                                           (PROTECT)
                                                           * Tribal
                                                           Transportation
                                                           Program (TTP)
                                                           * Federal Lands
                                                           Transportation

                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                  151
 Defined Term      Definition       Required or        List Values           Data Type    Max
                                     Optional                                            Length

                                                     Program (FLTP)
                                                     * Federal Lands
                                                     Access Program
                                                     (FLAP)
                                                     * Rebuilding
                                                     American
                                                     Infrastructure
                                                     with
                                                     Sustainability
                                                     and Equity
                                                     (RAISE) Grant
                                                     Program
                                                     * Transportation
                                                     Infrastructure
                                                     Finance and
                                                     Innovation Act
                                                     (TIFIA)
                                                     * Urbanized
                                                     Formula Grants
                                                     * Fixed Guideway
                                                     Capital
                                                     Investment
                                                     Grants
                                                     * Formula Grants
                                                     for Rural Areas
                                                     * State of Good
                                                     Repair Grants
                                                     * Grants for
                                                     Buses and Bus
                                                     Facilities
                                                     * National culvert
                                                     removal,
                                                     replacement, and
                                                     restoration grant
                                                     program (Culvert
                                                     AOP Program)
                                                     * Bridge
                                                     Replacement,
                                                     Rehabilitation,
                                                     Preservation,
                                                     Protection, and
                                                     Construction
                                                     Program (Bridge
                                                     Formula Program
                                                     or BFP)
                                                     * Metropolitan
                                                     transportation
                                                     planning
                                                     * Projects that
                                                     further the
                                                     completion of a
                                                     designated route
                                                     of the
                                                     Appalachian
                                                     Development
                                                     Highway System
                                                     (ADHS)



DOT             Verified Was      Required for 9.1   Yes/No               Picklist                N/A
Consultations   DOT consulted     only
                prior to using
                SLFRF funds for
                this project



                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                  152
 Defined Term         Definition         Required or                List Values        Data Type    Max
                                          Optional                                                 Length

FAIN number(s)     Provide the FAIN    Required for 9.1       n/a                   Text                    255
for associated     number(s) for       & 9.3 only
DOT project        associated DOT
                   project
State of good      Demonstrate         Required for 9.1,      Yes/No                Picklist                N/A
repair             progress in         9.2 only and
                   achieving a state
                   of good repair as   For States using
                   required by the     funds for projects
                   State's asset       eligible under title
                   management          23 of the U.S.
                   plan under 23       Code or
                   U.S.C. 119(e)       otherwise subject
                                       to the
                                       requirements of
                                       title 23 of the
                                       U.S. Code
Achievement of 1   Support the         Required for 9.1,      Yes/No                Picklist                N/A
or more            achievement of 1    9.2 only and
performance        or more
targets            performance         For States using
                   targets of the      funds for projects
                   State established   eligible under title
                   under 23 U.S.C.     23 of the U.S.
                   150                 Code or
                                       otherwise subject
                                       to the
                                       requirements of
                                       title 23 of the
                                       U.S. Code
Limitation on      The SLFRF           Required for 9.1.      Yes/No                Picklist                N/A
Operating          funds associated    and only for
Expenses           with this project   Urbanized
Attestation        are not being       Formula Grants,
                   used for            Fixed Guideway
                   operating           Capital
                   expenses.           Investment
                                       Grants, Formula
                                       Grants for Rural
                                       Areas, State of
                                       Good Repair
                                       Grants, or Grants
                                       for Buses and
                                       Bus Facilities
Surface            Surface             Required for 9.2       *Highway, bridge,     Picklist                N/A
Transportation     Transportation      only                   or other road
Projects Not       Projects Not                               projects eligible
Receiving          Receiving                                  under title 23 of
Funding from       Funding from                               the U.S. Code
DOT                DOT                                        * Public
(Streamlined       (Streamlined                               transportation
Framework)         Framework)                                 projects eligible
                                                              under chapter 53
                                                              of title 49, U.S.C.
                                                              * Passenger and
                                                              freight rail
                                                              transportation
                                                              projects
                                                              * Port
                                                              infrastructure
                                                              investments
                                                              (including inland
                                                              port infrastructure
                                                              and land ports of
                                                              entry)
                                                              * The surface

                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                        153
 Defined Term      Definition          Required or         List Values            Data Type    Max
                                        Optional                                              Length

                                                        transportation
                                                        components of
                                                        an airport project
                                                        eligible for
                                                        assistance under
                                                        part B of subtitle
                                                        VII of title 49,
                                                        U.S.C.
                                                        * Intermodal
                                                        projects
                                                        * Projects to
                                                        replace or
                                                        rehabilitate a
                                                        culvert or prevent
                                                        stormwater runoff
                                                        for the purpose
                                                        of improving
                                                        habitat for
                                                        aquatic species
                                                        while advancing
                                                        the goals of the
                                                        RAISE program
                                                        * Projects
                                                        investing in
                                                        surface
                                                        transportation
                                                        facilities that are
                                                        located on Tribal
                                                        land and for
                                                        which title or
                                                        maintenance
                                                        responsibility is
                                                        vested in the
                                                        Federal
                                                        Government
                                                        * Public road and
                                                        non-motorized
                                                        projects that are
                                                        not otherwise
                                                        eligible under title
                                                        23, United States
                                                        Code
                                                        * Transit-oriented
                                                        development
                                                        projects
                                                        * Mobility on-
                                                        demand projects
                                                        that expand
                                                        access and
                                                        reduce
                                                        transportation
                                                        cost burden
                                                        * Planning
                                                        projects



Environmental   The entire project   Required for 9.2   Yes/No                 Picklist                N/A
Impact          scope is limited     only
Attestation     to the set of
                actions or
                activities
                identified by DOT
                as meeting the
                criteria for
                categorical
                exclusion as

                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                     154
  Defined Term         Definition          Required or         List Values           Data Type    Max
                                            Optional                                             Length

                    listed under 23
                    CFR
                    771.116(c)(1)-
                    (22),
                    771.117(c)(1)-
                    (30), and
                    771.118(c)(1)-
                    (16). These
                    actions do not
                    involve unusual
                    circumstances,
                    as described in
                    23 CFR
                    771.116(b),
                    771.117(b), and
                    771.118(b).
 Requirements       The project          Required for 9.2   Yes/No                Picklist                N/A
 Attestation        satisfies the        only
                    requirements of
                    titles 23, 40, and
                    49 of the U.S.
                    Code that apply
                    to this project
                    and the
                    associated DOT
                    implementing
                    regulations.
 Non-federal        Non-federal          Required for 9.3   * INFRA Grants        Picklist                N/A
 share              share                only               * Fixed Guideway
 requirements for   requirements for                        Capital
 a Surface          a Surface                               Investment
 Transportation     Transportation                          Grants
 project or         project or                              * Mega Grants
 repaying a TIFIA   repaying a TIFIA                        * Projects eligible
 loan               loan                                    for credit
                                                            assistance under
                                                            the TIFIA
                                                            program
                                                            * Repayment of
                                                            TIFIA loan



 Project Start      Date the project     Required           N/A                   Date                    N/A
 Date               started
 Project End Date   Date the project     Required           N/A                   Date                    N/A
                    ended



EC 10.1 – 10.25
There is additional programmatic data required for EC 10.1-10.25 that can be provided via
manual entry.

     •    EC 10.1 Acquisition of real property
     •    EC 10.2 Acquisition, construction, reconstruction, or installation of public works, sites, or
          other public purposes
     •    EC 10.3 Code enforcement in deteriorated or deteriorating areas
     •    EC 10.4 Clearance, demolition, removal, reconstruction, and rehabilitation
     •    EC 10.5 Removal of barriers restricting mobility and accessibility of elderly and
          handicapped persons
                                Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                    155
    •   EC 10.6 Payments to housing owners for losses of rental income for holding units for
        relocation of displaced persons
    •   EC 10.7 Disposition of real property
    •   EC 10.8 Provision of public services
    •   EC 10.9 Payment of non-federal match or cost-share requirements of a federal financial
        assistance program in support of activities that would be eligible under CDBG or ICDBG
    •   EC 10.10 Relocation payments and assistance for displaced individuals, families,
        businesses, organizations, and farm operations
    •   EC 10.11 Community development plan or policy-planning-management capacity
        development
    •   EC 10.12 Payment of reasonable administrative costs for establishing and administering
        federally approved enterprise zones, administering the HOME program, or planning and
        executing community development and housing activities
    •   EC 10.13 Provision of assistance for activities carried out by public or private nonprofit
        entities
    •   EC 10.14 Assistance to neighborhood-based nonprofit organizations and local
        development corporations and nonprofits serving the development needs of the
        communities in nonentitlement areas
    •   EC 10.15 Development of energy use strategies
    •   EC 10.16 Assistance to private, for-profit entities to carry out economic development
        projects
    •   EC 10.17 Rehabilitation of Development Housing
    •   EC 10.18 Technical assistance to public or nonprofit entities to increase their capacity to
        carry out neighborhood revitalization or economic development activities
    •   EC 10.19 Housing services
    •   EC 10.20 Assistance to institutions of higher education
    •   EC 10.21 Assistance to public and private organizations, agencies, and other entities to
        facilitate economic development
    •   EC 10.22 Activities necessary to make essential repairs and to pay operating expenses
        to maintain habitability of housing units acquired through tax foreclosure proceedings
    •   EC 10.23 Direct assistance to facilitate and expand homeownership
    •   EC 10.24 Construction or improvement of tornado-safe-shelters and assistance to
        nonprofit and for-profit entities for such construction or improvement
    •   EC10.25 Lead-based paint hazard evaluation and reduction
 Defined Term      Definition         Required or     List Values          Data Type    Max
                                       Optional                                        Length

Environmental   Indicate the type   Required        o Exempt Activity   Picklist                N/A
Review Type     of environmental                    (per 24 CFR
                review required                     58.34(a))
                by the project                      o Categorically
                                                    Excluded and not
                                                    subject to 24
                                                    CFR 58.5 (per 24
                                                    CFR 58.35(b))
                                                    with no
                                                    extraordinary
                                                    circumstances
                                                    (per 24 CFR
                                                    58.35(c))

                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              156
 Defined Term        Definition           Required or     List Values          Data Type    Max
                                           Optional                                        Length

                                                        o Other -
                                                        Treasury will
                                                        provide
                                                        additional
                                                        guidance on
                                                        project
                                                        certification and
                                                        approval
                                                        requirements and
                                                        instructions for
                                                        how to provide
                                                        associated
                                                        environmental
                                                        information in a
                                                        future reporting
                                                        period.

Environmental     Environmental         Required        Upload:             Upload                  N/A
Review Type       Review Type                           1. Treasury
“Other”           “Other” was                           Approved
                  selected                              Environmental
                                                        Certification
                                                        2. Treasury
                                                        Approved Public
                                                        Notice
                                                        3. Treasury
                                                        Approved Proof of
                                                        Posting Public
                                                        Notice
                                                        4. Treasury
                                                        Approved
                                                        Authority to Use
                                                        Grant Funds
                                                        Notice
Supplement, Not   The SLFRF             Required        Yes/No              Picklist                N/A
Supplant          funds used for
Attestation       this project are
                  supplementing
                  not supplanting
                  other federal,
                  state, territorial,
                  Tribal, and local
                  government
                  funds (as
                  applicable)
                  otherwise
                  available for such
                  uses.
Requirements      The project           Required        Yes/No              Picklist                N/A
Attestation       satisfies the
                  requirements of
                  title I of the
                  Housing and
                  Community
                  Development Act
                  of 1974 that
                  apply to this
                  project and the
                  associated HUD
                  implementing
                  regulations.
Broadband         Does this Title I     Required        Yes/No              Picklist                N/A
                  project relate to
                  broadband
                  infrastructure?

                              Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                 Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                157
 Defined Term         Definition           Required or          List Values        Data Type    Max
                                            Optional                                           Length

CDBG National      Designate which       Required for non-    * Benefit low-    Picklist                N/A
Objectives         of the three          Tribal               and moderate-
                   National              Governments          income persons
                   Objectives the                             * Prevent of
                   project aligns to:                         eliminate slums
                                                              or blight
                                                              * Meet other
                                                              particularly
                                                              urgent
                                                              community
                                                              development
                                                              needs

Labor Standards    All labor             Required for non-    Yes/No            Picklist                N/A
Attestation        standards             Tribal
                   requirements          Governments
                   applicable under
                   this eligible use
                   category have
                   been satisfied by
                   the recipient.
Low and            Are you               Required for         Yes/No            Picklist                N/A
moderate income    satisfying the        Tribal only
                   definition of “low
                   and moderate
                   income” for the
                   primary objective
                   requirement
                   based on project
                   beneficiaries
                   receiving or
                   being eligible to
                   receive needs-
                   based services
                   provided by the
                   Tribe, instead of
                   relying on
                   Census data?
                   Needs-based
                   services are
                   defined as
                   services
                   administered by
                   the Tribal
                   government on
                   the basis of an
                   individual’s
                   income.
Needs-based        The project           Required for         Yes/No            Picklist                N/A
services           beneficiaries are     Tribal only if yes
                   receiving or are      to ”low and
                   eligible to receive   moderate
                   needs-based           income”
                   services provided
                   by the Tribal
                   government.
Project Start      Date the project      Required             N/A               Date                    N/A
Date               started
Project End Date   Date the project      Required             N/A               Date                    N/A
                   ended




                               Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                  Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                   158
Appendix E - Expenditure Categories
Treasury’s final rule provides greater flexibility and simplicity for recipients to fight the pandemic
and support families and businesses struggling with its impacts, maintain vital services amid
revenue shortfalls, and build a strong, resilient, and equitable recovery. As such, recipients
started to report on a broader set of eligible uses and associated Expenditure Categories (EC),
starting with the April 2022 Project and Expenditure Report. The table below includes the new
Expenditure Categories, as well as a reference to previous Expenditure Categories used for
reporting under the interim final rule.
The Expenditure Categories (EC) listed below must be used to categorize each project. The term
“Expenditure Category” refers to the detailed level (e.g., 1.1 COVID-19 Vaccination). When
referred to as a category (e.g., EC 1) it includes all Expenditure Categories within that level.
*Denotes areas where recipients must identify the amount of the total funds that are allocated to
evidence-based interventions (see Use of Evidence section above for details). Please note the
evidence-based questions are only applicable to States, U.S. Territories, and metropolitan cities
and counties with population over 250,000.
^Denotes areas where recipients must report on whether projects are primarily serving
disproportionately impacted communities (see Project Demographic Distribution section above
for details)
                                                                                                             Previous
Expenditure Category                                                                            EC 22
                                                                                                               EC 23
                                                                                                       17F




                                                                                                                      18F




1: Public Health
 COVID-19 Mitigation & Prevention
COVID-19 Vaccination^                                                                            1.1             1.1
COVID-19 Testing^                                                                                1.2             1.2
COVID-19 Contact Tracing^                                                                        1.3             1.3
Prevention in Congregate Settings (Nursing Homes, Prisons/Jails,
                                                                                                 1.4             1.4
Dense Work Sites, Schools, Child care facilities, etc.)*^
Personal Protective Equipment^                                                                   1.5             1.5
Medical Expenses (including Alternative Care Facilities)^                                        1.6             1.6
Other COVID-19 Public Health Expenses (including Communications,
                                                                                                 1.7             1.8
Enforcement, Isolation/Quarantine)^
COVID-19 Assistance to Small Businesses^                                                          1.8             -
COVID 19 Assistance to Non-Profits^                                                               1.9             -
COVID-19 Aid to Impacted Industries^                                                             1.10             -
Community Violence Interventions
Community Violence Interventions*^                                                               1.11            3.16
Behavioral Health
Mental Health Services*^                                                                         1.12            1.10
Substance Use Services*^                                                                         1.13            1.11
Other
Other Public Health Services^                                                                    1.14            1.12
Capital Investments or Physical Plant Changes to Public Facilities that
                                                                                                   -             1.7
respond to the COVID-19 public health emergency


22
     Under the final rule to be used starting with April 2022 reports
23
     Under the interim final rule to be used in Interim Report and January 2022 Project and Expenditure Report
                                   Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                       Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                   159
                                                                                     Previous
Expenditure Category                                                        EC 22
                                                                                       EC 23
                                                                               17F




                                                                                            18F




2: Negative Economic Impacts
Assistance to Households
Household Assistance: Food Programs*^                                       2.1        2.1
Household Assistance: Rent, Mortgage, and Utility Aid*^                     2.2        2.2
Household Assistance: Cash Transfers*^                                      2.3        2.3
Household Assistance: Internet Access Programs*^                            2.4        2.4
Household Assistance: Paid Sick and Medical Leave^                          2.5         -
Household Assistance: Health Insurance*^                                    2.6         -
Household Assistance: Services for Un/Unbanked*^                            2.7         -
Household Assistance: Survivor's Benefits^                                  2.8         -
Unemployment Benefits or Cash Assistance to Unemployed Workers*^            2.9        2.6
Assistance to Unemployed or Underemployed Workers (e.g., job
                                                                            2.10       2.7
training, subsidized employment, employment supports or incentives)*^
Healthy Childhood Environments: Child Care*^                                2.11       3.6
Healthy Childhood Environments: Home Visiting*^                             2.12       3.7
Healthy Childhood Environments: Services to Foster Youth or Families
                                                                            2.13       3.8
Involved in Child Welfare System*^
Healthy Childhood Environments: Early Learning*^                            2.14        3.1
Long-term Housing Security: Affordable Housing*^                            2.15       3.10
Long-term Housing Security: Services for Unhoused Persons*^                 2.16       3.11
Housing Support: Housing Vouchers and Relocation Assistance for
                                                                            2.17        -
Disproportionately Impacted Communities*^
Housing Support: Other Housing Assistance*^                                 2.18       3.12
Social Determinants of Health: Community Health Workers or Benefits
                                                                            2.19       3.14
Navigators*^
Social Determinants of Health: Lead Remediation*^                           2.20       3.15
Medical Facilities for Disproportionately Impacted Communities^             2.21         -
Strong Healthy Communities: Neighborhood Features that Promote
                                                                            2.22        -
Health and Safety^
Strong Healthy Communities: Demolition and Rehabilitation of
                                                                            2.23        -
Properties^
Addressing Educational Disparities: Aid to High-Poverty Districts^          2.24       3.2
Addressing Educational Disparities: Academic, Social, and Emotional
                                                                            2.25       3.3
Services*^
Addressing Educational Disparities: Mental Health Services*^                2.26       3.4
Addressing Impacts of Lost Instructional Time^                              2.27        -
Contributions to UI Trust Funds^                                            2.28       2.8
Assistance to Small Businesses
Loans or Grants to Mitigate Financial Hardship^                             2.29       2.9
Technical Assistance, Counseling, or Business Planning*^                    2.30
Rehabilitation of Commercial Properties or Other Improvements^              2.31        -
Business Incubators and Start-Up or Expansion Assistance*^                  2.32
Enhanced Support to Microbusinesses*^                                       2.33
Assistance to Non-Profits
Assistance to Impacted Nonprofit Organizations (Impacted or
                                                                            2.34       2.10
Disproportionately Impacted)^

                       Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                          Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                      160
                                                                                      Previous
Expenditure Category                                                         EC 22
                                                                                        EC 23
                                                                                17F




                                                                                          18F




Aid to Impacted Industries
Aid to Tourism, Travel, or Hospitality^                                      2.35       2.11
Aid to Other Impacted Industries^                                            2.36       2.12
Other
Economic Impact Assistance: Other*^                                          2.37       2.13
Household Assistance: Eviction Prevention*^                                    -         2.5
Education Assistance: Other*^                                                  -         3.5
Healthy Childhood Environments: Other*^                                        -         3.9
Social Determinants of Health: Other*^                                         -        3.13
3: Public Health-Negative Economic Impact: Public Sector Capacity
General Provisions
Public Sector Workforce: Payroll and Benefits for Public Health, Public
                                                                             3.1        1.9
Safety, or Human Services Workers
Public Sector Workforce: Rehiring Public Sector Staff                        3.2        2.14
Public Sector Workforce: Other                                               3.3          -
Public Sector Capacity: Effective Service Delivery                           3.4         7.2
Public Sector Capacity: Administrative Needs                                 3.5          -
4: Premium Pay
Public Sector Employees                                                      4.1        4.1
Private Sector: Grants to Other Employers                                    4.2        4.2
5: Infrastructure
Water and Sewer
Clean Water: Centralized Wastewater Treatment                                 5.1        5.1
Clean Water: Centralized Wastewater Collection and Conveyance                 5.2        5.2
Clean Water: Decentralized Wastewater                                         5.3        5.3
Clean Water: Combined Sewer Overflows                                         5.4        5.4
Clean Water: Other Sewer Infrastructure                                       5.5        5.5
Clean Water: Stormwater                                                       5.6        5.6
Clean Water: Energy Conservation                                              5.7        5.7
Clean Water: Water Conservation                                               5.8        5.8
Clean Water: Nonpoint Source                                                  5.9        5.9
Drinking water: Treatment                                                    5.10       5.10
Drinking water: Transmission & Distribution                                  5.11       5.11
Drinking water: Lead Remediation, including in Schools and Daycares          5.12       5.12
Drinking water: Source                                                       5.13       5.13
Drinking water: Storage                                                      5.14       5.14
Drinking water: Other water infrastructure                                   5.15       5.15
Water and Sewer: Private Wells                                               5.16         -
Water and Sewer: IIJA Bureau of Reclamation Match                            5.17         -
Water and Sewer: Other                                                       5.18         -
Broadband
Broadband: “Last Mile” projects                                              5.19       5.16
Broadband: IIJA Match                                                        5.20         -
Broadband: Other projects                                                    5.21       5.17
6: Revenue Replacement
Provision of Government Services                                             6.1        6.1
                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                      161
                                                                                        Previous
Expenditure Category                                                           EC 22
                                                                                          EC 23
                                                                                  17F




                                                                                               18F




Non-federal Match for Other Federal Programs                                   6.2          -
7: Administrative
Administrative Expenses                                                        7.1        7.1
Transfers to Other Units of Government                                         7.2        7.3
Transfers to Non-entitlement Units (States and territories only)                -         7.4
Costs Associated with Satisfying Certain Legal and Administrative
Requirements of the SLFRF Program After December 31, 2024                      7.3         -
8: Natural Disasters
Temporary Emergency Housing                                                    8.1         -
Food Assistance                                                                8.2         -
Financial Assistance for Lost Wages                                            8.3         -
Other Immediate Needs: Emergency Protective Measures                           8.4         -
Other Immediate Needs: Debris Removal                                          8.5         -
Other Immediate Needs: Public Infrastructure Repair                            8.6         -
Other Immediate Needs: Home Repairs for Uninhabitable Primary
Residences                                                                     8.7         -
Other Immediate Needs: Cash Assistance for Uninsured or Uninsured
Expenses                                                                        8.8        -
Other Immediate Needs: Cash Assistance for Low Income Households                8.9        -
Other Immediate Needs: Increased Operational and Payroll Costs                 8.10        -
Other Emergency Relief: natural Disaster that has Occurred/Expected to
Occur Imminently                                                               8.11        -
Mitigation                                                                     8.12        -
Other Emergency Relief: Natural Disaster that is Threatened to Occur in
the Future                                                                     8.13        -
9: Surface Transportation
Surface Transportation Projects Receiving Funding from DOT                     9.1         -
Surface Transportation Projects Not Receiving Funding from DOT
(streamlined framework)                                                        9.2         -
Non-federal share requirements for a Surface Transportation Project or
repaying a TIFIA loan                                                          9.3         -
10: Title I Projects
Acquisition of real property                                                   10.1        -
Acquisition, construction, reconstruction, or installation of public works,
sites, or other public purposes                                                10.2        -
Code enforcement in deteriorated or deteriorating areas                        10.3        -
Clearance, demolition, removal, reconstruction, and rehabilitation             10.4        -
Removal of barriers restricting mobility and accessibility of elderly and
handicapped persons                                                            10.5        -
Payments to housing owners for losses of rental income for holding units
for relocation of displaced persons                                            10.6        -
Disposition of real property                                                   10.7        -
Provision of public services                                                   10.8        -
Payment of non-federal match or cost-share requirements of a federal
financial assistance program in support of activities that would be eligible
under CDBG or ICDBG                                                            10.9        -

                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                       162
                                                                                         Previous
Expenditure Category                                                           EC 22
                                                                                           EC 23
                                                                                  17F




                                                                                                 18F




Relocation payments and assistance for displaced individuals, families,
businesses, organizations, and farm operations                                10.10          -
Community development plan or policy-planning-management capacity
development                                                                   10.11          -
Payment of reasonable administrative costs for establishing and
administering federally approved enterprise zones, administering the
HOME program, or planning and executing community development and
housing activities                                                            10.12          -
Provision of assistance for activities carried out by public or private
nonprofit entities                                                            10.13          -
Assistance to neighborhood-based nonprofit organizations and local
development corporations and nonprofits serving the development needs
of the communities in nonentitlement areas                                    10.14          -
Development of energy use strategies                                          10.15          -
Assistance to private, for-profit entities to carry out economic
development projects                                                          10.16          -
Rehabilitation of Development Housing                                         10.17          -
Technical assistance to public or nonprofit entities to increase their
capacity to carry out neighborhood revitalization or economic
development activities                                                        10.18          -
Housing services                                                              10.19          -
Assistance to institutions of higher education                                10.20          -
Assistance to public and private organizations, agencies, and other
entities to facilitate economic development                                   10.21          -
Activities necessary to make essential repairs and to pay operating
expenses to maintain habitability of housing units acquired through tax
foreclosure proceedings                                                       10.22          -
Direct assistance to facilitate and expand homeownership                      10.23          -
Construction or improvement of tornado-safe-shelters and assistance to
nonprofit and for-profit entities for such construction or improvement        10.24          -
Lead-based paint hazard evaluation and reduction                              10.25          -

Treasury has prepared the additional guidance below to support recipients in implementing the
new expenditure categories. This table includes only those previous expenditure categories that
are changing under the new structure, aligned with the final rule.
 January 2022 Expenditure Categories                       April 2022 Guidance
 1: Public Health
 1.7 Capital Investments or Physical Plant Changes         EC removed, capital expenditures can be
      to Public Facilities that respond to the COVID-      designated in any relevant PH-NEI EC
      19 public health emergency                           (e.g., new hospital wing would be tracked
                                                           under EC 1.4)
 1.8   Other COVID-19 Public Health Expenses               EC is 1.7
       (including Communications, Enforcement,
       Isolation/Quarantine)



                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          163
January 2022 Expenditure Categories                      April 2022 Guidance
1.9 Payroll Costs for Public Health, Safety, and         EC is 3.1
     Other Public Sector Staff Responding to
     COVID-19
1.10 Mental Health Services*                             EC is 1.12
1.11 Substance Use Services*                             EC is 1.13
1.12 Other Public Health Services                        EC is 1.14
2: Negative Economic Impacts
2.5 Household Assistance: Eviction Prevention            EC is now included as part of 2.2
2.6 Unemployment Benefits or Cash Assistance to          EC is 2.9
     Unemployed Workers*
2.7 Job Training Assistance (e.g., Sectoral job-         EC is 2.10
     training, Subsidized Employment, Employment
     Supports or Incentives)*^
2.8 Contributions to UI Trust Funds              EC is 2.28
2.9 Small Business Economic Assistance           If public-health related (e.g., providing
     (General)*^                                 rapid tests for small businesses), EC is
                                                 1.8; if related to negative economic
                                                 impact eligible use (e.g., grants, technical
                                                 assistance, rehabilitation, incubators, or
                                                 microbusinesses), EC is 2.29-2.33
2.10 Aid to Nonprofit Organizations*             If public-health related (e.g., providing
                                                 rapid tests for non-profits), EC is 1.9; if
                                                 related to negative economic impact (e.g.,
                                                 grants to stabilize non-profit budget), EC
                                                 is 2.34
2.11 Aid to Tourism, Travel, or Hospitality      EC is 2.35
2.12 Aid to Other Impacted Industries            EC is 2.36
2.13 Other Economic Support*^                    EC is 2.37, re-named Other Economic
                                                 Impact
2.14 Rehiring Public Sector Staff                EC is 3.2
3: Services to Disproportionately Impacted Communities
3.1 Education Assistance: Early Learning*^       EC is 2.14
3.2 Education Assistance: Aid to High-Poverty    EC is 2.24
      Districts ^
3.3 Education Assistance: Academic Services*^    EC is 2.25, social and emotional services
                                                 will now be tracked under this EC
3.4 Education Assistance: Social, Emotional, and EC is 2.26, if social and emotional
      Mental Health Services*^                   services, EC is 2.25;
3.5 Education Assistance: Other*^                EC is 2.37, collected under Other
                                                 Economic Impact
3.6 Healthy Childhood Environments: Child Care*^ EC is 2.11
3.7 Healthy Childhood Environments: Home         EC is 2.12
      Visiting*^
3.8 Healthy Childhood Environments: Services to  EC is 2.13
      Foster Youth or Families Involved in Child
      Welfare System*^


                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           164
January 2022 Expenditure Categories                       April 2022 Guidance
3.9 Healthy Childhood Environments: Other*^               EC is 2.37, collected under Other
                                                          Economic Impact
3.10 Housing Support: Affordable Housing*^                EC is 2.15
3.11 Housing Support: Services for Unhoused               EC is 2.16
     Persons*^
3.12 Housing Support: Other Housing Assistance*^          EC is 2.18
3.13 Social Determinants of Health: Other*^               EC is 2.37, collected under Other
                                                          Economic Impact
3.14 Social Determinants of Health: Community             EC is 2.19
       Health Workers or Benefits Navigators*^
3.15 Social Determinants of Health: Lead                  EC is 2.20
       Remediation^
3.16 Social Determinants of Health: Community             EC is 1.11
       Violence Interventions*^
5: Infrastructure
5.16 Broadband: “Last Mile” projects                      EC is 5.19
5.17 Broadband: Other projects                            EC is 5.20
7: Administrative
7.2 Evaluation and Data Analysis                          EC is 3.4 and has been renamed
                                                          Effective Service Delivery
7.3   Transfers to Other Units of Government              EC is 7.2
7.4   Transfers to Non-entitlement Units (States and      To be separately reported as part of
      territories only)                                   NEU/Non-UGLG module. Refer to Part 2
                                                          Section D.




                       Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                          Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                           165
Appendix F – List of Sectors
When entering information for project subawards, selection of a Primary Sector is required for
subawards tied to projects in Expenditure Categories:

   •     1.10 Public Health: COVID-19 Aid to Impacted Industries
   •     2.35 Negative Economic Impacts: Aid to Tourism Travel or Hospitality
   •     2.36 Negative Economic Impacts: Aid to Other Impacted Industries
   •     4.1 Premium Pay: Public Sector Employees
   •     4.2 Premium Pay: Private Sector: Grants to other employers
A primary sector is defined as the sector targeted by the work performed under the sub-award.
It is not required for other expenditure categories. The table below lists primary sectors available
in the system for selection. If the primary sector is not listed, select “Other” and clarify in the
manual entry box.
                    Sectors Designated as Essential Critical Infrastructure Sectors
 Any work performed by an employee of a State, local, or Tribal government
 Behavioral health work
 Biomedical Research
 Dental care work
 Educational work, school nutrition work, and other work required to operate a school facility
 Elections work
 Emergency response
 Family or childcare
 Grocery stores, restaurants, food production, and food delivery
 Health care
 Home- and community-based health care or assistance with activities of daily living
 Laundry work
 Maintenance work
 Medical testing and diagnostics
 Pharmacy
 Public health work
 Sanitation, disinfection, and cleaning work
 Social services work
 Solid waste or hazardous materials management, response, and cleanup work
 Transportation and warehousing
 Vital services to Tribes
 Work at hotel and commercial lodging facilities that are used for COVID-19 mitigation and containment
 Work in a mortuary
 Work in critical clinical research, development, and testing necessary for COVID-19 response
 Work requiring physical interaction with patients
 Other


                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            166
Appendix G – Project Demographic Distribution Information
For ECs 1.1 – 2.37 applicable to Public Health and Negative Economic Impacts, recipients must
report whether projects are targeted to impacted and disproportionately impacted communities.
Recipients will be asked to respond to the following:
a. What Impacted and/or Disproportionally Impacted population does this project primarily
   serve? Please select the population primarily served.

b. If this project primarily serves more than one Impacted and/or Disproportionately Impacted
   population, please select up to two additional populations served.
For this question the following options are available.
                                      Impacted                             Disproportionately Impacted
Public Health      •    General Public
Assistance to      •    Low- or-moderate income households or        •   Low-income households and
Households              communities 24
                                     19F                                 communities 26
                                                                                     21F




                   •    Households that experienced                  •   Households and populations residing in
                        unemployment                                     Qualified Census Tracts
                   •    Households that experienced increased        •   Households that qualify for certain
                        food or housing insecurity                       federal benefits 27
                                                                                           2F




                   •    Households that qualify for certain          •   Households receiving services provided
                        federal programs 2520F                           by Tribal governments
                   •    For services to address lost instructional   •   Households residing in the U.S.
                        time in K-12 schools: any students that          territories or receiving services from
                        lost access to in-person instruction for a       these governments
                        significant period of time                   •   For services to address educational
                   •    Other households or populations that             disparities, Title I eligible schools 28
                                                                                                          23F




                        experienced a negative economic

24
   Low or moderate-income households and communities are those with (i) income at or below 300
percent of the Federal Poverty Guidelines for the size of the household based on the most recently
published poverty guidelines by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) or (ii) income at or
below 65 percent of the Area Median Income for the county and size of household based on the most
recently published data by the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).
25
   For Impacted households, these programs are Children’s Health Insurance Program (“CHIP”);
Childcare Subsidies through the Child Care and Development Fund (“CCDF”) Program; Medicaid;
National Housing Trust Fund (“HTF”), for affordable housing programs only; Home Investment
Partnerships Program (“HOME”), for affordable housing programs only.
26
   Low-income households and communities are those with (i) income at or below 185 percent of the
Federal Poverty Guidelines for the size of the household based on the most recently published poverty
guidelines by HHS or (ii) income at or below 40 percent of Area Median Income for its county and size of
household based on the most recently published data by HUD.
27
   For Disproportionately Impacted households, these programs are Temporary Assistance for Needy
Families (“TANF”), Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (“SNAP”), Free- and Reduced-Price
Lunch (“NSLP”) and/or School Breakfast (“SBP”) programs, Medicare Part D Low-Income Subsidies,
Supplemental Security Income (“SSI”), Head Start, Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women,
Infants, and Children (“WIC”), Section 8 Vouchers, Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Program
(“LIHEAP”), and Pell Grants.
28
   For educational services and other efforts to address educational disparities, Treasury will recognize
Title I eligible schools as disproportionately impacted and responsive services that support the school
generally or support the whole school service as eligible. “Title I eligible schools” means schools eligible
to receive services under section 1113 of Title I, Part A of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act
of 1965, as amended (20 U.S.C. 6313), including schools served under section 1113(b)(1)(C) of that Act.
                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                 167
                       impact of the pandemic other than those     •   Other households or populations
                       listed above (please specify)                   that experienced a disproportionate
                                                                       negative economic impact of the
                                                                       pandemic other than those listed
                                                                      above (please specify)
Assistance to      •   Small businesses that experienced a         • Small businesses operating in Qualified
Small                  negative economic impact of the                 Census Tracts
Businesses             pandemic                                    • Small businesses operated by Tribal
                   •   Classes of small businesses designated          governments or on Tribal lands
                       as negatively economically impacted by      • Small businesses operating in the U.S.
                       the pandemic (please specify)                   territories
                                                                   • Other small businesses
                                                                       disproportionately impacted by the
                                                                       pandemic (please specify)
Assistance to      •   Non-Profits that experienced a negative     • Non-profits operating in Qualified
Non-Profits            economic impact of the pandemic                 Census Tracts
                   •   Classes of non-profits designated as        • Non-profits operated by Tribal
                       negatively economically impacted by the         governments or on Tribal lands
                       pandemic (please specify)                   • Non-profits operating in the U.S.
                                                                       territories
                                                                   • Other non-profits disproportionately
                                                                       impacted by the pandemic (please
                                                                       specify)
Aid to Impacted    •   Travel, tourism, or hospitality sectors     N/A
Industries             (including Tribal development districts)
                   •   Industry outside the travel, tourism, or
                       hospitality sectors that experienced a
                       negative economic impact of the
                       pandemic (please specify)


The following table lists the options for indicating impacted and disproportionally impacted
populations and shows how these selections will appear as a picklist in the portal and in the bulk
templates.
Impacted Population                                               As Shown in Portal and Bulk Template
Impacted General Public                                           1 Imp General Public
Impacted Low or moderate income households or populations         2 Imp Low or moderate income HHs or
                                                                  populations
Impacted Households that experienced unemployment                 3 Imp HHs that experienced unemployment
Impacted Households that experienced increased food or             4 Imp HHs that experienced increased food or
housing insecurity                                                 housing insecurity
Impacted Households that qualify for certain federal programs      5 Imp HHs that qualify for certain federal
                                                                   programs
Impacted For services to address lost instructional time in K-12 6 Imp For services to address lost instructional
schools any students that lost access to in-person instruction for time in K-12 schools
a significant period of time
Impacted Other households or populations that experienced a        7 Imp Other HHs or populations that
negative economic impact of the pandemic other than those          experienced a negative economic specify
listed above (please specify)
Impacted Small businesses that experienced a negative              8 Imp SBs that experienced a negative
economic impact of the pandemic                                    economic impact


                           Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               168
Impacted Classes of small businesses designated as negatively 9 Imp Classes of SBs designated as negatively
economically impacted by the pandemic (please specify)        economically impacted
Impacted Non-Profits that experienced a negative economic        10 Imp NPs that experienced a negative
impact of the pandemic                                           economic impact
Impacted Classes of non-profits designated as negatively         11 Imp Classes of NPs designated as
economically impacted by the pandemic (please specify)           negatively economically impacted specify s
Impacted Travel tourism or hospitality sectors (including Tribal 12 Imp Travel tourism or hospitality sectors
development districts)
Impacted Industry outside the travel tourism or hospitality      13 Imp Industry outside the travel tourism or
sectors that experienced a negative economic impact of the       hospitality sectors specify
pandemic (please specify)
Disproportionately Impacted Low income households and            14 Dis Imp Low income HHs and populations
populations
Disproportionately Impacted Households and populations           15 Dis Imp HHs and populations residing in
residing in Qualified Census Tracts                              Qualified Census Tracts
Disproportionately Impacted Households that qualify for certain 16 Dis Imp HHs that qualify for certain federal
federal programs                                                 programs
Disproportionately Impacted Households receiving services        17 Dis Imp HHs receiving services provided by
provided by Tribal governments                                   Tribal governments
Disproportionately Impacted Households residing in the U.S.      18 Dis Imp HHs residing in the U.S. territories
territories or receiving services from these governments         or receiving services
Disproportionately Impacted For services to address educational 19 Dis Imp For services to address educational
disparities, Title I eligible schools                            disparities Title I eligible
Disproportionately Impacted Other households or populations      20 Dis Imp Other HHs or populations that
that experienced a disproportionate negative economic impact of experienced a disproportionate specify
the pandemic other than those listed above (please specify)
Disproportionately Impacted Small businesses operating in        21 Dis Imp SBs operating in Qualified Census
Qualified Census Tracts                                          Tracts
Disproportionately Impacted Small businesses operated by         22 Dis Imp SBs operated by Tribal
Tribal governments or on Tribal lands                            governments or on Tribal lands
Disproportionately Impacted Small businesses operating in the 23 Dis Imp SBs operating in the U.S. territories
U.S. territories
Disproportionately Impacted Other small businesses               24 Dis Imp Other SBs Dis Imp by the
disproportionately impacted by the pandemic (please specify)     pandemic specify
Disproportionately Impacted Non-profits operating in Qualified   25 Dis Imp NPs operating in Qualified Census
Census Tracts                                                    Tracts
Disproportionately Impacted Non-profits operated by Tribal       26 Dis Imp NPs operated by Tribal
governments or on Tribal lands                                   governments or on Tribal lands
Disproportionately Impacted Non-profits operating in the U.S.    27 Dis Imp NPs operating in the U.S. territories
territories
Disproportionately Impacted Other non-profits disproportionately 28 Dis Imp Other NPs Dis Imp by the
impacted by the pandemic (please specify)                        pandemic specify




                           Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                              Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                               169
Appendix H – Capital Expenditures for Non-Infrastructure Projects


For projects under ECs 1, 2, and 3, recipients must report the capital expenditure type for those
projects. Picklist items are listed below. The underlined portion of each item will be the portion
selectable in the portal and the bulk upload template.

FIELD: Type of capital expenditure, based on the following enumerated uses:

  ▪   Acquisition of equipment for COVID-19 prevention and treatment, including ventilators,
      ambulances, and other medical or emergency services equipment
  ▪   Adaptations to congregate living facilities, including skilled nursing facilities, other long-
      term care facilities, incarceration settings, homeless shelters, residential foster care
      facilities, residential behavioral health treatment, and other group living facilities, as well as
      public facilities and schools (excluding construction of new facilities for the purpose of
      mitigating spread of COVID-19 in the facility)
  ▪   Affordable housing, supportive housing, or recovery housing development
  ▪   Behavioral health facilities and equipment (e.g., inpatient or outpatient mental health or
      substance use treatment facilities, crisis centers, diversion centers)
  ▪   Childcare, daycare, and early learning facilities
  ▪   COVID-19 testing sites and laboratories, and acquisition of related equipment
  ▪   COVID-19 vaccination sites
  ▪   Devices and equipment that assist households in accessing the internet (e.g., tablets,
      computers, or routers)
  ▪   Emergency operations centers and acquisition of emergency response equipment (e.g.,
      emergency response radio systems)
  ▪   Food banks and other facilities primarily dedicated to addressing food insecurity
  ▪   Improvements to existing facilities to remediate lead contaminants (e.g., removal of lead
      paint)
  ▪   Installation and improvement of ventilation systems in congregate settings, health facilities,
      or other public facilities
  ▪   Job and workforce training centers
  ▪   Medical equipment and facilities designed to address disparities in public health outcomes
      (includes primary care clinics, hospitals, or integrations of health services into other
      settings)
  ▪   Medical facilities generally dedicated to COVID-19 treatment and mitigation (e.g.,
      emergency rooms, intensive care units, telemedicine capabilities for COVID-19 related
      treatment)
  ▪   Mitigation measures in small businesses, nonprofits, and impacted industries (e.g.,
      developing outdoor spaces)
  ▪   Parks, green spaces, recreational facilities, sidewalks, pedestrian safety features like
      crosswalks, streetlights, neighborhood cleanup, and other projects to revitalize public
      spaces
  ▪   Public health data systems, including technology infrastructure
  ▪   Rehabilitations, renovation, remediation, cleanup, or conversions of vacant or abandoned
      properties
  ▪   Schools and other educational facilities or equipment to address educational disparities
  ▪   Technology and equipment to allow law enforcement to efficiently and effectively respond
      to the rise in gun violence resulting from the pandemic
  ▪   Technology and tools to effectively develop, execute, and evaluate government programs

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              170
▪   Technology infrastructure to adapt government operations to the pandemic (e.g., video-
    conferencing software, improvements to case management systems or data sharing
    resources), reduce government backlogs, or meet increased maintenance needs
▪   Temporary medical facilities and other measures to increase COVID-19 treatment capacity,
    including related construction costs
▪   Transitional shelters (e.g., temporary residences for people experiencing homelessness)
▪   Other (please specify)




                      Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                         Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                      171
Appendix I – Projects 5.19-5.21 – Broadband Infrastructure Data Template
The downloadable template covers fields related to broadband infrastructure project location.
 Field Name            Definition                              Required /     List Values            Data Type     Max Length
                                                               Optional /
                                                               Conditional
 Project Name          Name of the project                     Required       n/a                    Text          100
 Fabric ID Number      Unique location identifier from         Required       n/a                    Text          20
                       the FCC’s Broadband Data
                       fabric
 Location Latitude     Latitude data for the location to       Required       n/a                    Number        20
                       which service is installed
 Location Longitude    Longitude data for the location         Required       n/a                    Number        20
                       to which service is installed
 FCC Issued            The FCC-provided ID that will           Required       n/a                    Text          20
 Provider ID #         align with the entity that files or
                       will file Broadband Data
                       Collection data
 Technology Type       Type of technology at location          Required       Fiber,                 Picklist      n/a
 at Location                                                                  Coaxial Cable,
                                                                              Fixed Wireless,
                                                                              Other
 If Other, Specify     Explanation of Other type of            Conditional    n/a                    Number        20
                       technology (Planned)
 Location Type         Type of location                        Required       Residential;           Picklist      n/a
                                                                              Business;
                                                                              Community Anchor
                                                                              Institution
 Housing Units at      Number of housing units at              Required       n/a                    Number        20
 Location              residential locations
 Speed Pre-            Internet speed prior to CPF             Required       Below 25/3 Mbps;       Picklist      n/a
 Investment            investment                                             25/3 Mbps or greater
                                                                              but less than 100/20
                                                                              Mbps
 Maximum               Maximum download speed                  Required       n/a                    Text          20
 Download Speed        offered/advertised at this
 Offered at Location   location post CPF investment
 Post-Investment
 Maximum               Maximum Download Speed                  Required       n/a                    Text          20
 Download Speed        Delivered at Location Post-
 Delivered at          Investment
 Location Post-
 Investment
 Maximum Upload        Maximum upload speed offered            Required       n/a                    Text          20
 Speed Offered at      at location Post Investment
 Location Post-
 Investment
 Maximum Upload        Maximum upload speed                    Required       n/a                    Text          20
 Speed Delivered at    delivered at location post-
 Location Post-        investment
 Investment
 Latency Delivered     Latency delivered at location           Required       n/a                    Text          20
 at Location Post-     post-investment
 Investment


 Void Location         Optional Identification for ‘Void’ or   NOT REQUIRED   N/A                    Text          20
                       ‘Display’ for projects.




                               Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                                  Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                      172
Appendix J – Frequently Asked Questions


1.1.      What records must be kept by governments receiving funds?

          Financial records and supporting documents related to the award must be retained for a
          period of five years after all funds have been expended or returned to Treasury,
          whichever is later. This includes those which demonstrate the award funds were used
          for eligible purposes in accordance with sections 602(c) and 603(c) of the Social
          Security Act, Treasury’s regulations implementing those sections, and Treasury’s related
          guidance.

1.2.      What reporting will be required, and when will the first report be due? 29  24F




          Recipients are required to submit an interim report, project and expenditure reports, and
          annual Recovery Plan Performance Reports as specified below, regarding their
          utilization of Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds.

          Interim reports: States (defined to include the District of Columbia), territories,
          metropolitan cities, counties, and Tribal governments were required to submit one
          interim report. The interim report was required to include a recipient’s expenditures by
          category at the summary level and for states, information related to distributions to non-
          entitlement units of local government were also required to be included in the interim
          report. The interim report covered activity from the date of award to July 31, 2021 and
          was due to Treasury by August 31, 2021 or 60 days after receiving funding if funding
          was received by October 15, 2021. Non-entitlement units of local government were not
          required to submit an interim report.

          Project and Expenditure reports: State (defined to include the District of Columbia),
          territorial, metropolitan city, county, and Tribal governments are required to submit
          project and expenditure reports. This report includes financial data, information on
          contracts and subawards greater than or equal to $50,000, types of projects funded, and
          other information regarding a recipient’s utilization of award funds.

          Reports are required quarterly for the following recipients:
             • States and U.S. territories
             • Tribal governments that are allocated more than $30 million in SLFRF funding
             • Metropolitan cities and counties with a population that exceeds 250,000
             • Metropolitan cities and counties with a population below 250,000 that were
                 allocated more than $10 million in SLFRF funding and NEUs that are allocated
                 more than $10 million in SLFRF funding

          The initial project and expenditure report for quarterly recipients was due January 31,
          2022 and covered the period of March 3, 2021 to December 31, 2021. The subsequent
          quarterly reports will cover one calendar quarter and must be submitted to Treasury by
          the last day of the month that follows the end of each calendar quarter.

          Reports are required annually for the following recipients:
             • Tribal governments that are allocated less than $30 million in SLFRF funding

29
     This question was updated on November 15, 2021
                            Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                               Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                         173
          •   Metropolitan cities and counties with a population below 250,000 that are
              allocated less than $10 million in SLFRF funding and NEUs that are allocated
              less than $10 million in SLFRF funding

       The initial project and expenditure report for annual filers was due April 30, 2022 and
       covered the period of March 3, 2021 to March 31, 2022. The subsequent annual reports
       must be submitted to Treasury by April 30 each year.

       The reports will include the same general data as those submitted by recipients of the
       Coronavirus Relief Fund, with some modifications to expenditure categories and the
       addition of data elements related to specific eligible uses.

       Recovery Plan Performance Reports: States (defined to include the District of
       Columbia), territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population that
       exceeds 250,000 residents are also required to submit an annual Recovery Plan
       Performance Report to Treasury. This report will include descriptions of the projects
       funded and information on the performance indicators and objectives of each award,
       helping local residents understand how their governments are using the substantial
       resources provided by the SLFRF program. The initial Recovery Plan Performance
       Report covered activity from date of award to July 31, 2021 and was due to Treasury by
       August 31, 2021 or 60 days after receiving funding. Thereafter, the Recovery Plan
       Performance Reports will cover a 12-month period and recipients are required to submit
       the report to Treasury within 30 days after the end of the 12-month period. The second
       Recovery Plan Performance Report will cover the period from July 1, 2021 to June 30,
       2022 and must be submitted to Treasury by July 31, 2022. Each annual Recovery Plan
       Performance Report must be posted on the public-facing website of the recipient. Local
       governments with fewer than 250,000 residents, Tribal governments, and non-
       entitlement units of local government are not required to develop a Recovery Plan
       Performance Report.

       Please see the Compliance and Reporting Guidance for more information.

1.3.   Once a recipient has identified a reduction in revenue, how will Treasury track use
       of funds for the provision of government services?

       The ARPA establishes four categories of eligible uses and further restrictions on the use
       of funds to ensure that Fiscal Recovery Funds are used within the four eligible use
       categories. The final rule implements these restrictions, including the scope of the
       eligible use categories and further restrictions on states or territories using SLFRF funds
       to offset a reduction in a recipient’s net tax revenue resulting from changes in state or
       territory law and deposits into pension funds for recipients other than Tribal
       governments.

       Consistent with the broad latitude provided to recipients to use funds for government
       services to the extent of the reduction in revenue due to the pandemic, recipients will be
       required to submit a description of services provided. These services can include a
       broad range of services but may not be used directly for pension deposits (except for
       Tribal governments), contributions to reserve funds, or debt service. Recipients may use
       sources of funding other than Fiscal Recovery Funds to make deposits to pension funds,
       contribute to reserve funds, and pay debt service, including during the period of
       performance for the Fiscal Recovery Fund award.
                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          174
       For recipients using Fiscal Recovery Funds to provide government services to the extent
       of reduction in revenue due to the pandemic, the description of government services
       reported to Treasury may be narrative or in another form, and recipients are encouraged
       to report based on their existing budget processes and to minimize administrative
       burden. For example, a recipient with $100 in revenue replacement funds available
       could indicate that $50 were used for personnel costs and $50 were used for pay-go
       building of sidewalk infrastructure.

       In the Project and Expenditure report, recipients using revenue loss funds for the
       provision of governments services may report projects under Expenditure Category 6.1.
       Recipients using revenue loss funds for non-federal match may report projects under
       Expenditure Category 6.2. Recipients using revenue loss funds for non-federal match
       should include the Program Name and Assistance Listing of the other federal program
       that is being matched in the project description.

       In addition to describing the government services provided to the extent of reduction in
       revenue, all recipients other than Tribal governments will also be required to indicate that
       Fiscal Recovery Funds are not used directly to make a deposit in a pension fund.
       Further, recipients subject to the tax offset provision will be required to provide
       information necessary to implement this provision. Treasury does not anticipate
       requiring other types of reporting or recordkeeping on spending in pensions, debt
       service, or contributions to reserve funds.

       These requirements are further detailed in the guidance on reporting requirements for
       the Fiscal Recovery Funds available here.

1.4.   What is the Assistance Listing and Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance
       (CFDA) number for the program?

       The Assistance Listing for the Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds
       (CSLFRF) was published May 28, 2021 on SAM.gov. This includes the final Assistance
       Listing number for the program, 21.027.

       The assistance listing includes helpful information including program purpose, statutory
       authority, eligibility requirements, and compliance requirements for recipients. The
       Assistance Listing number is the unique 5-digit code for each type of federal assistance,
       and can be used to search for program information, including funding opportunities,
       spending on usaspending.gov, or audit results through the Federal Audit Clearinghouse.

       To expedite payments and meet statutory timelines, Treasury issued initial payments
       under an existing Assistance Listing number. If you have already received funds or
       captured the initial Assistance Listing number in your records, please update your
       systems and reporting to reflect the final Assistance Listing number 21.027. Recipients
       must use the final Assistance Listing number for all financial accounting, audits,
       subawards, and associated program reporting requirements.

       To ensure public trust, Treasury expects all recipients to serve as strong stewards of
       these funds. This includes ensuring funds are used for intended purposes and
       recipients have in place effective financial management, internal controls, and reporting
       for transparency and accountability.

                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          175
       Please see the final rule and the Compliance and Reporting Guidance for more
       information.

1.5.   If a recipient has not received funding as of October 15, 2021 but received funding
       before the end of December 31, 2021, what are the reporting requirements?

       Treasury recognizes that recipients will need sufficient time to gather the information and
       determine how to allocate funds in accordance with the interim final rule. As such,
       recipients that have received funding between October 16, 2021 and December 31,
       2021 were not required to submit an Interim Report.

       However, recipients in this circumstance are subject to quarterly reporting (those in
       Reporting Tiers 1, 2, or 3) were required to submit a Project and Expenditure Report by
       January 31, 2022.

       Recipients that are not subject to quarterly reporting were required to submit a Project
       and Expenditure Report by April 30, 2022.

       Recipients must submit a Recovery Plan (if applicable) within 60 days of receiving
       funding.

1.6.   Does the $10 million threshold for metropolitan cities and counties with
       population less than 250,000 and the $30 million threshold for tribes apply to
       funds received or the total allocation?

       The reporting threshold is based on the total allocation expected under the SLFRF
       program, not the funds received by the recipient as of the time of reporting. Recipient
       reporting tiers will be displayed in the reporting portal. If you believe there is an error with
       the reporting tier or application of the $10 million (for metropolitan cities and counties
       with a population below 250,000 residents) or $30 million (for tribes) thresholds, please
       email SLFRF@treasury.gov.

1.7.   How should a recipient report funds if funds were received as multiple entity types
       (e.g., a county and an NEU, or county and a city)?

       When receiving funds as multiple entity types, a recipient’s total SLFRF allocations
       across all sources will be used to identify that recipient’s reporting tier.

       A recipient’s reporting tier is available for review in the Treasury’s Portal and on the
       Treasury website prior to the reporting deadline. If you believe there is an error in your
       reporting tier or allocation amount, please email SLFRF@treasury.gov.




                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              176
1.8.   The guidance covering submission of the Recovery Plan indicates that in addition
       to submitting a PDF version of the Recovery Plan recipients must also upload a
       project inventory file and input other programmatic data. Is this no longer
       required?

       Beginning in July 2022, Treasury started collecting certain data fields previously
       associated with the Recovery Plan in the Project & Expenditure report. Recipients are
       still required to upload a PDF version of their Recovery Plan and post this version on
       easily discoverable webpage on the public-facing website by July 31. Recipients are
       encouraged to use the suggested template posted in the
       www.treasury.gov/SLFRPReporting website when preparing the Recovery Plan
       template.

1.9.   How should recipients report if the population threshold changes during the
       reporting period?

       The population threshold is determined by Treasury at award date and will not change
       during the reporting period. A recipient’s reporting tier will be available for review in the
       reporting portal.

1.10. How do Recipients identify what Reporting Tier they are in?

       A list of all SLFRF Recipients and their corresponding Reporting Tiers is published on
       the Treasury website www.Treasury.gov/SLFRPReporting

       In addition, Recipients will be able to find their Reporting Tier after logging into the
       Treasury Reporting Portal and selecting the Project and Expenditure Report record. The
       Reporting Tier will be displayed as part of the Recipient Profile.


1.11. Can records be edited or updated after submission? How do I report changes?

       Interim Report: No changes will be allowed after the initial submission. Any updates will
       be captured when the first Project and Expenditure Report is submitted.
       Project and Expenditure Report: Recipients will have an opportunity to reopen and
       provide edits to their submitted Project and Expenditure Reports anytime before the
       reporting deadline. Recipients will then be required to re-certify and submit the report
       again to properly reflect any edits made. After the reporting deadline, unless prompted
       by Treasury staff, recipients will not be able to edit their submitted report. Any changes
       or revisions will need to be reflected in the next Project and Expenditure report. See
       Section V of this User Guide for instructions on how to do that.
       Recovery Plan: Similarly, Recipients will be allowed to reopen and provide an update of
       their submitted Recovery Plan report record anytime before the reporting deadline. They
       should also provide concurrent updates to the publicly posted version.
       Recipients will then be required to re-certify and submit the report again to properly
       reflect any edits made.

                         Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                            Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             177
1.12. How do recipients correct or edit pre-populated information or project information
      in Treasury’s Portal?

      In the event that information presented in Treasury’s Portal requires correction,
      recipients should email SLFRF@treasury.gov and provide the necessary edits.

1.13. Is there any possibility of extension for the reporting deadlines for individual
      recipients?

      Generally, no. The data submitted by recipients will be used internally for oversight
      purposes and to fulfill Treasury’s transparency and legal obligations. Late submissions
      undermine the efficiency and timeliness of these processes. Recipient submissions after
      the reporting deadline will be considered as late, and recipients will be asked to provide
      a date by which the delayed reporting will be submitted so that Treasury can plan for
      incorporating the data. Treasury’s own reporting may highlight those recipients whose
      reports were not received by the deadline. If there are any changes to the overall
      reporting deadlines, they will be communicated to the relevant impacted recipients.

1.14. Is there a penalty for not submitting timely reports?

      A record of late reporting could lead to a finding of non-compliance, which could result in
      development of a corrective action plan, or other consequences.

1.15. What is meant by Date of Award?

      The Date of Award is the day the recipient certifies the funding.
1.16. When are recipients subject to the quarterly reporting?

      Recipients are required to provide quarterly reporting if they are in Reporting Tiers 1, 2,
      or 3 (see Section III.b). If applicable, reporting will start in the period funds were received
      and certified and will be required for all quarters thereafter.
      Please note, submission of the April 2022 Project and Expenditure report was required
      for all recipients, including those reporting quarterly and annually.
1.17. How should interest or principal received from loans made with SLFRF Funds be
      treated?

      The Project and Expenditure Report includes fields for reporting on program income at
      the Project level. Interest received on loans made with SLFRF funds should be tracked
      as program income (See 2 CFR § 200.1 Program income). Any program income that
      comes in by December 31, 2024 can be recycled by the recipients on eligible projects.

      Notwithstanding the above, if a recipient uses revenue loss funds to fund a loan, whether
      or not the maturity of the loan is after December 31, 2026, repayments on such loans
      are not subject to program income rules.




                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                             178
1.18. Will there be a way to capture and tally a total award amount that includes
      program income for ensuring all funds are spent or that any funds that need to be
      returned are?

      Yes, since Program Income is being collected, Treasury will use the information reported
      to determine total allowable obligations and expenditures. That information will be made
      available in the Treasury portal for Recipients as part of future enhancements. Please
      note, interest earned on advances of federal funds is not considered program income
      and is not subject to these reporting requirements. (See 2 CFR § 200.1 Program
      income.)

1.19. Are Recipients required to collect a DUNs number for each of their subrecipients?

      As of April 2022, the Dun & Bradstreet D‐U‐N‐S number is no longer the official identifier
      for doing business with the U.S. Government. All recipients and each of their
      subrecipients are required to obtain through SAM.gov registration, a Unique Entity
      Identifier (UEI) number.


      Note: Entities that are beneficiaries are NOT required to register in SAM.gov and are not
      required to provide a UEI. For beneficiaries that are required to be identified in the
      Project and Expenditure Report, recipients may use the Taxpayer Identification Number
      (TIN).

1.20. Who are beneficiaries and are recipients required to report for them?

      A subrecipient is an entity that receives a subaward to carry out a project funded by
      Fiscal Recovery Funds on behalf of a recipient. Individuals or entities that are direct
      beneficiaries of a project funded by Fiscal Recovery Funds are not considered
      subrecipients. Households, communities, small businesses, nonprofits, and impacted
      industries are all potential beneficiaries of projects carried out with SLFRF funds.

      The terms and conditions of Federal awards flow down to subawards to subrecipients,
      requiring subrecipients to comply with all requirements of recipients such as the
      treatment of eligible uses of funds, procurement, and reporting requirements.
      Beneficiaries are not subject to the requirements placed on subrecipients in the Uniform
      Guidance, including audit pursuant to the Single Audit Act and 2 CFR Part 200, Subpart
      F or subrecipient reporting requirements.

      The distinction between a subrecipient and a beneficiary, therefore, is contingent upon
      the rationale for why a recipient is providing funds to the individual or entity. If the
      recipient is providing funds to the individual or entity for the purpose of carrying out a
      SLFRF program or project on behalf of the recipient, the individual or entity is acting as a
      subrecipient. Acting as a subrecipient, the individual or entity is subject to subrecipient
      monitoring and reporting requirements. Conversely, if the recipient is providing funds to
      the individual or entity for the purpose of directly benefitting the individual or entity as a
      result of experiencing a public health impact or negative economic impact, the individual
      or entity is acting as a beneficiary. Acting as a beneficiary, the individual or entity is not
      subject to subrecipient monitoring and reporting requirements.


                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                            179
      Similar to reporting under the Coronavirus Relief Fund (CRF), information on both
      beneficiaries and subrecipients will be collected in a single form in the Project and
      Expenditure Report.

1.21. Do recipients who have projects under Expenditure Category 6.1 "Provision of
      Government Services" need to report on Subrecipients, Subawards, and
      Expenditures?

      Recipients who have projects categorized under EC 6.1 "Provision of Government
      Services" are not required at this time to report on the subrecipients, subawards, and
      expenditures (for subawards or in aggregate) information. Please see Final Rule FAQ
      13.14 for more information.
1.22. How should a Recipient report the Subaward's "Place of Performance" address if
      the work was performed over a broad area and no specific address is available?

      For the Subaward module, if a specific address is not available for a Subaward, you can
      enter the corresponding Subrecipient's address or the nearest headquarters of your
      jurisdiction in the required address fields.

1.23. Do jurisdictions need to have committed or dedicated funding received by the
      August 31, 2021 deadline or 60 days after receiving funding for the initial
      Recovery Plan?

      No. Funding does not need to be committed or dedicated by the time the initial Recovery
      Plan is submitted. The Recovery Plan should include planned uses of funds and projects
      to the extent known at the time the Recovery Plan is submitted. Updates can be
      provided in subsequent Recovery Plans and Project and Expenditure reports.

1.24. Will the data recipients submit be made publicly available?

      Yes, Treasury will make the data submitted by recipients publicly available. The content
      and timing of release is still under development. Treasury encourages recipients to
      make their data directly available through their own websites. Tier 1 recipients, States,
      territories, and metropolitan cities and counties with a population greater than 250,000,
      are reminded that they need to post the Recovery Plan on their public website by the
      date the report is transmitted to Treasury.

1.25. What reporting is required if no SLFRF funding was used for the activities covered
      by the Required Performance Indicators noted in Part 2 C.2. of the Reporting
      Guidance related to the Recovery Plan?

      A recipient only needs to report on mandatory performance indicators if funds were used
      for that purpose / Expenditure Category.




                        Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                           Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                          180
Revision Log

Version   Date Published             Summary of changes
   1.0    January 7, 2022            Initial publication
   1.1    January 24, 2022           • Added language around use of “No Projects Available”
                                     • Updated language around bulk uploads, including edits to
                                          Appendix B
   2.0    April 1, 2022              • Updated to reflect changes to the final rule
   3.0    July 1, 2022               • Updated to reflect changes to tax offset provisions,
                                          changes to capital expenditure reporting, and additions to
                                          broadband fields
   3.1    July 8, 2022               • Updated to reflect changes to broadband section
   3.2    July 18, 2022              • Updated Appendix B and D to switch Primary Project
                                          Demographic Distribution field to “Conditional” in the
                                          Baseline template
                                     • Updated the EC table for the Baseline template in
                                          Appendix B
                                     • Updated the Subaward table in Appendix B to show
                                          “Purpose of Funds” as conditional
                                     • Added additional Primary Sector ECs in Appendix F
   4.0    September 30, 2022         • Added language and Appendix I to describe broadband
                                          location programmatic data
                                     • Included language under tax offset section
   5.0    December 29, 2022          • Added “Country” field to
                                          Subrecipient/Contractor/Beneficiary collection
                                     • Added functionality to delete previously created subaward
                                          and expenditure records associated to EC 6.1 and 6.2
                                          projects.
   6.0    March 31, 2023             • Added “Entity Type” field to Subaward/Direct Payments
                                          collection
                                     • Requiring Unique Entity Identifier (UEI) on the
                                          Subrecipient/Contractor/Beneficiary collection
   7.0    June 30, 2023              • Added the requirement for all broadband location to
                                          included FCC Identifiers
                                     • Added the requirement that all broadband projects will
                                          need to provide location data files
                                     • Included a new template for the Bulk Upload for all
                                          broadband projects
   8.0    September 30, 2023         • Added three new Expenditure Categories (EC)
                                     • Updated the Unique Entity Identifier (UEI) collection to
                                          allow for reasoning and timeline for no UEI in the
                                          Subrecipient/Contractor/Beneficiary collection
                                     •     Added a Lock feature to projects in a “Completed” status
                                          and 100% Obligated and Expended
   9.0    December 31, 2023          • New Bulk Upload Templates
                                     • Updated the Unique Entity Identifier (UEI) Requirements
                                          Clarification
                                     • Calculations for remainder to obligated funds in the
                                          Project Overview section based on the Adopted Budget
                                          and on the Certification section based on the Allocation
                                          Amount.
                                     • Project Start and End Dates added for ECs 8-10
                                     • Update to Performance Indicator Requirements

                          Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                             Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                                 181
10.0   March 31, 2024         •   Federal Audit Clearinghouse (FAC) questions
                              •   Alternative Compliance Examination Engagement
                                  (ACEE) questions
                              •   Ready for Close Out question
                              •   Project Start and End Dates required for projects based
                                  on completion status
                              •   Title I environmental Review projects that have selected
                                  ‘Other’ required to provide 4 uploads

11.0   June 30, 2024          •   New Sub-Category for Certain Administrative and Legal
                                  Expenses (7.3)
                              •   Interagency Agreement (IAA) added as selection option
                                  for Subrecipient and Subawards
                              •   Option to report estimated 2025 and 2026 personnel cost
                                  expenses for Direct Payment Subawards
                              •   Option to report contract change order and contingency
                                  expenses for Contract Subaward Types
12.0   September 30, 2024     •   Both Account Administrators and Authorized
                                  Representatives can submit P&E and Recovery Plan
                                  Reports
                              •   Additional ACEE Instructions added
13.0   December 31, 2024      •   Attestations on remaining unobligated funds
                              •   Revenue Loss amount greater than 0 in the Recipient
                                  Specific section to create a Revenue Replacement
                                  Project
                              •   Correction to Appendix D regarding additional
                                  programmatic requirements for EC 2.10
14.0   March 31, 2025         •   OMB Expiration Date Update to 9/30/2027
                              •   Update to Single Audit and ACEE thresholds
                              •   SAM.gov and UEI reverifications
                              •   Earned Income post the Obligation Deadline
                              •   Establishing the Obligation Cap
                              •   Use of Estimated Funds
15.0   June 30, 2025          •   No change from previous publication
16.0   September 31, 2025     •   Update to FAC and ACEE language
                              •   Program Income Breakout fields
                              •   Addition of Original Allocation Amount
                              •   New Broadband “Void” or “Display” fields
17.0   December 31, 2025      •   Speed Tier and Pricing Data for Broadband Location
                                  Data
18.0   March 31, 2026         •   No change from previous publication
19.0   June 30, 2026          •   No change from previous publication
20.0   September 30, 2026     •   Broadband Location and Speed Tier




                   Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
                      Project and Expenditure Report User Guide                              182
Coronavirus State and Local Fiscal Recovery Funds:
   Project and Expenditure Report User Guide         183


File and source

File
October-2026-PE-Report-User-Guide.pdf
Size
4,476,062 bytes
SHA-256
0a6ff22a5179a032fccb247c49b0977e1379e258b85c76afaeb6987438388fee
Our copy
October-2026-PE-Report-User-Guide.pdf
Original
home.treasury.gov
Back to top